{"1": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0001.jp2"}, "2": {"fulltext": "V A .0^ A\\nX A\u00e2\u0080\u0099*\\nf 5 V y,\\na r \u00e2\u0080\u00a2j\\nA V oo\\nV\\nV\\nc#.\\nb -v\\n7 _ rt 1\\n0 v V tib\u00c2\u00a3+\\n*W m v\\nH Xu -x\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2S\\n*0\u00c2\u00a9,\\no\\nX^\\nrx ,l ^4 Ac\\n,-y c\\n^A. c lT\\n.0 o\\na r i hri Vi\\n\u00e2\u0080\u009eV kk\\nA\\n,Cp \u00e2\u0080\u0099O s s o 5 4\\noA*o, x s .0 0-\\nm P\\nifw-\\nn A\\nA n N c v:\\nA cK A ry 5\\nx\u00c2\u00b0\\n0\\nS0\u00c2\u00bbV V\\na A A\\nC\u00e2\u0080\u0099 V 1 P\\nV* r\\no\\nA r 5,\\np -v .j**- ao\\nV* \u00c2\u00abv. A V-:\\nc^NVgy V. cP \\\\v\\nasP-V \u00c2\u00ab5-5t^ v\\n5 X -V A 0 K N 1\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0i\\nX\\n0\u00e2\u0080\u009c\\no o\\no\\nV\\nx\u00c2\u00b0\\n0^ o\\nA Y\\n5 S\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0A\\n_ 4*\\na a r.o 4\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2^u C\u00c2\u00b0 ,0\\n0 X 1\\nA\\nV ,0\u00c2\u00b0 %A\\n9 \\\\^V X v V^ 1\\nv/ ^f* v v, ^\u00c2\u00a7^\\\\K\\n_ i c\\n7 A 5 V I 8 0 K a\\\\\\n,-0\\\\v\u00e2\u0080\u0099 -A vx\\nA\\nA K c:\\n,0o\\nCOPYRIGHT DEPOSIT.\\nO 0 A V 1\\n*isS^ v\\nV X\u00e2\u0080\u0099 4\\ni 0o x.\\nV s\\nV s _ A/\\n-s\\no K A\\nA V c 0 N c l o^\\nS\u00c2\u00bb ,-SSNf. -2\\nv n\\n\u00c2\u00bbm*\\nhj, C V V s\u00e2\u0080\u0099\\nf A. X*\\ni! XV -\\\\v o\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2^MWseeV-4 V\\nn T (1 s\\n4\\na, 0 rsir .,V\\ni; ^bo\\nV s\\n\\\\V\\nL\\ny o k A O *f, s N A\\nA X t o n c a 0^ x o\\nA A rsXv.^ S A siSis-t", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0002.jp2"}, "3": {"fulltext": "9\\n-Wa V\\nc v 8 -v .sy p-\\ny 1 v s 0 v V k\\nV/% \\\\VE v V\\nA O s s o V y 0 A\\nc cy v* v, x x* c vV -o- 0\\nV 9 V, JlV\\n.y o a XMOl. A\\na -u\\n,o o \u00c2\u00abN W: A o\\nMl* X _. I\\nA A ft 7:* v\\nX y\u00c2\u00bb v V ,v cj*\u00c2\u00abhai\\n;v\u00e2\u0080\u0098 _; r lr r.\\n2\\n*x. a\u00e2\u0080\u0099J\\nO\\ny\\n7/- /1 A s s A t\\n\u00c2\u00aeo rP\\\\\\nrf-\\nr. V _ y\\nr y N M J\\nN 0\\nV 0\\n,A 7- ft 9) t\\nja^- A W\\nl\\\\ 0 v ,G\\na ,y.A ,s\\nV V ;-^yU W\\ny y*\\nvv v\\nv\\n0\\n*-!W/ V X V N\\nV\u00c2\u00b0\u00e2\u0080\u0098 1 %V *V ;\u00c2\u00bb\u00e2\u0080\u0098\u00c2\u00abV V.\u00c2\u00ab.:\\nf w r V\\nVi X*. v oA 7, y O oA Ai. A\\nv J ;v v \\\\V v\\nV \u00e2\u0080\u009c\u00c2\u00b0n -VO, V N o\\nN S\\nA\\n0 7 f A\\n^5 aN\\no %irv^\\naV r n\\n\\\\SgBr* A\\ny o\u00c2\u00bb A o, y y \\\\s ,G X O.x* A\\nf0 1 Ap y\\nr. =V\\na -.pr-i; x o gaw; a -a\\n*.,X*\\nX* 1\\nA\\nc. i s a\u00e2\u0096\u00a0\\ny,x\\nr\\\\\\n9 r\\nb\\no 0 x\\n\u00c2\u00ab5\\nv\\n5 s A o r\\nr O V. 14\\nt. X z\\nv o X\\ny o y\\nV \\\\T C CV .O V\\njo .-ir \\\\jfWs y v 3 0 s\\\\* sr???~\\nA. A 1% Zgm S. 75 vV\\n,A V\\na ^a i A\\n.A -o t s ,G y 0 i A o\\ny s 1 _ v t 0 N C T 0\\nOx _* p.\\\\\\nT n L ^^f s r^l S. n Wfxccs/ \u00e2\u0080\u0098-V 3 t i T^zSL 0 J\\n\u00c2\u00b0x,\\nO *?W**\\n\u00c2\u00bb\u00c2\u00abH* y\\nV s ,yy\\nc. c s\\n\\\\W \\\\w,* t\\n,G V 0 A v A -s\\nt .vw *jrm\\nyff^ V o o x X v- y v\\nN o o,.\\nA\\nv 4 0 y\\nto\\n1 *5\\ns %1\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0V L\\n,v..,\\n,-0 Co A y -3\\n,0\u00c2\u00b0\\nC*\\nt/, *I |1 \\\\V\\nv 0 a V A\\\\ /y\\n0 o x.\\n.0\\nv 0\\nA y tp t ^W 0 C V 4^ V X\\n\u00e2\u0080\u0098V 0 v -A s \u00c2\u00abV\\nA A ......V A\\nA\u00c2\u00b0 7 to V A -o c x n A,.\\n*oo .-/p:n:;.\\ny 0\u00c2\u00bbX^\\nA X C\u00c2\u00b0 0 9 l o -O v\u00e2\u0080\u009d\\nA\\nA i?\\nit*. ;\u00c2\u00ab|K?i x\u00c2\u00b0\u00c2\u00b0- -^SW A\\n.v ,Xw X: y..\\n1 v v *;v Xi^* -V .y:.^^\\nV\\nx v\\ns .O\\nCo At\u00e2\u0080\u009d\\n-7N\\nI v S V\u00e2\u0080\u0099\\nS ft N lift,\\n,0 x", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0003.jp2"}, "4": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0004.jp2"}, "5": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0007.jp2"}, "6": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0008.jp2"}, "7": {"fulltext": "J\\n\u00e2\u0080\u009cS3 is tbe mint*, so is tbc form\u00e2\u0080\u009d\\nCHEIRO\u00e2\u0080\u0099S\\nLANGUAGE OF THE HAND\\n-A-\\nCOMPLETE PRACTICAL WORK ON THE SCIENCES OF CHEIROGNOMY\\nAND CHEIROMANCY, CONTAINING THE SYSTEM, RULES,\\nAND EXPERIENCE OF\\nCHEIRO\\n(Leigh, Count de Hamong\\nFifty-five Full-page Illustrations, and over Two Hundred Engravings of Lines.\\nMounts, and Marks\\nDRAWINGS OF THE SEVEN TYPES BY THEO DOPE\\nREPRODUCTIONS OF FAMOUS HANDS, ALSO NORMAL AND ABNORMAL HANDS\\nTAKEN FROM LIFE, INCLUDING\\nThe hands of Madame Sarah Bernhardt, Mark Twain, Madame Nordica, Col. R. G. Ingersoll\\nMrs Frank Leslie, Mr. W. T. Stead, The Right Honorable Joseph Chamberlain, M.P..\\nAusten Chamberlain, Esq., M.P., Mrs. Annie Besant, Sir Frederick Leighton, P.R.A.,\\nSir John Lubbock, M.P., F.R.S.,The Countess of Aberdeen, Sir Edwin Arnold, The Lord\\nChief Justice of England, The Swami Vivekananda, Rev. C. H. Parkhurst, D.D., Lady\\nLindsay, Sir Arthur Sullivan, Lady Henry Somerset, A Prominent Member of the House\\nof Commons, Madame Melba, Lord Charles Beresford, Mr. William Whiteley, Gen.\\nSir Redvers Buller, V.C., K.C.B., Rev. Minot J. Savage, and H. N. Higinbotham, Esq.\\nNINTH EDITION\\nContaining Illustrations of the Wonderful Scientific Invention\\nthe Apparatus for\\n\u00e2\u0080\u009cTHOUGHT PHOTOGRAPHY AND REGISTER OF CEREBRAL FORCE\\nNichols Co.,\\n23 Oxford Street, London, W.\\nPUBLISHERS\\nc 7\\nRand, McNally Co.,\\nChicago and New York.", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0009.jp2"}, "8": {"fulltext": "13288\\nLibrary of Congress\\nTwo Copies Received\\nJUL 2 1900\\nCappicMMJ\\nfssrnrv.\\nMbniMi*\\nIDOC* DIVISION\\n_LUL 7 19 00\\nrevised and enlarged edition.\\nCopyright 189 7\\nBy Leick ee Hamong", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0010.jp2"}, "9": {"fulltext": "DEDICATION.\\nWhat do I bring?\\nKind Life, \u00e2\u0080\u0099tis but a little thing,\\nA flower I loved in youth\\nA flower upon the wayside thrown,\\nYet one the bps of truth have known,\\nAnd is itself a truth.\\nCheikC", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0011.jp2"}, "10": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0012.jp2"}, "11": {"fulltext": "PREFACE.\\nTo believe is to perceive\u00e2\u0080\u0094either by the senses or the soul. This distinc\u00c2\u00ac\\ntion constitutes two classes\u00e2\u0080\u0094the skeptic and the believer, which, though\\ndependent on, may yet be incomprehensible to, each other; but both being\\nnecessary to establish the balance of thought, they are forced into existence\\nand become the links and cross-links which make life\u00e2\u0080\u0099s endless chain from\\nthought to truth.\\nIn placing the following work before the public, though deeply conscious\\nof my responsibility, I am also conscious of the good that may be derived\\nthrough such a study. I have therefore endeavored to write, not for any\\ndistinct class, but for all, believing in the ultimate universal acceptance\\nof those natural laws which constitute nature and control mankind, and\\nwhich are peculiarly exemplified by this study of the hand.\\nA trifle is concealed immensity\u00e2\u0080\u0094the atom is equal to the whole in\\nthe importance of its existence; if, therefore, this study be considered by\\nsome too trivial for their attention, I would remind them that many of the\\ngreatest truths the world has known, though once considered trivialities, have\\nbecome sources of infinite pow r er. I would ask of such people nothing more\\nthan that they investigate this atom for themselves, resting assured that\\nthe study will prove its truth, whether examined from the palmistic theory,\\nor from the fact that progressive specialization of structure produces suit\u00c2\u00ac\\nability of shape, which by study can be classed under various heads dealing\\nwith those characteristics common to occupations, surroundings, and tem\u00c2\u00ac\\nperaments.\\nIn the accompanying Defense of Cheiromancy I have endeavored to\\ncollect the many facts, both medical and scientific, which can be brought\\nforward to demonstrate that, as the hands are the servants of the system, so\\nall that affects the system affects them. In following out the ideas of many", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0013.jp2"}, "12": {"fulltext": "VI\\nPreface\\nfamous men on the subject of the nerve-connection between the brain and\\nthe hand, I have in every case given my authority for whatever statement I\\nhave adopted. I trust that in this way even the greatest skeptic in such mat\u00c2\u00ac\\nters will be led to see that the study of the hand has not been confined alone\\nto the attention of those he has so often been pleased to call weak-minded,\u00e2\u0080\u009d\\nbut, on the contrary, that men of learning, both among the philosophers of\\nGreece and the scientists of the present, have considered the subject worthy\\nof their time and attention.\\nWhen the mysterious action of the brain and its influence over the entire\\nbody are considered, it is not surprising to find that those scientists who\\nfirst proved that there are more nerves between the brain and the hand than\\nin any other portion of the system now go so far with their investigations\\nas even to decide that the brain cannot think without the hand feeling the\\ninfluence of the thought. It will thus be seen that, viewing palmistry from\\nthis standpoint alone, it becomes a study not contrary to the dictates of\\nreason, but in accordance with those natural laws that we observe in the\\nshaping of even inanimate objects, which, by demonstrating the effect of a\\nheretofore cause, are in themselves the cause of a hereafter effect.\\nIn presenting with this work the hands of famous people, I have done so\\nwith the object both of enabling the student to study the hands of those with\\nwhose lives and characteristics he is for the most part acquainted, and also\\nin order to show the reader at a glance the difference that exists between the\\nhands of people of different temperaments. It would not be in keeping with\\nthe purpose of this book if I were to give a delineation of such hands. In the\\nfirst place, their owners are too well known to make the readings of value\\nas a test; and in the second, the student will derive greater benefit by trac\u00c2\u00ac\\ning out for himself the lines and formations that exhibit each well-known\\ncharacteristic.\\nIn the following chapters I have endeavored to place clearly and can\u00c2\u00ac\\ndidly before the intelligence of the reader the rules and theories that I\\nhave proved to be true, and those from whose foundation I have built up\\nwhatever success I may have achieved. I have done so for two reasons: the\\nfirst\u00e2\u0080\u0094and most important\u00e2\u0080\u0094being, that I believe in cheiromancy and wish to\\nsee it acknowledged as it deserves to be; the second is, that the time is", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0014.jp2"}, "13": {"fulltext": "Preface.\\nvn\\nnot far distant when, from considerations of health and demands from other\\nfields of labor, I must perforce retire from the scene and leave others\u00e2\u0080\u0094I trust\\nmore competent\u00e2\u0080\u0094to take my place. It is for these reasons, as an encourage\u00c2\u00ac\\nment to those who may follow, and to show what this study has done and can\\ndo, that in the Appendix at the back of this book will be found the opinions\\nof both the press and the public as to the results obtained by the rules and\\nmethods set forth by this work.\\nNothing has been more removed from my thoughts than the intention of\\ngiving offense to any section of the community by any expression, religious\\nor otherwise, contained in these pages. I have, however, used my right of\\nindependence of thought and freedom of speech. If, therefore, my remarks\\nshould give offense to any sect, community, or people, I am willing to take the\\nresponsibility of such statements; but I ask of my accusers that if, in the\\ncourt of their conscience, my expressions should be condemned, it be on\\nmy head alone they hurl their condemnation, and not on the mucli-maligned\\nstudy which it has ever been my effort to raise\u00e2\u0080\u0094not to disgrace.\\nIn conclusion, I wish to say that, in my present tour round the world, I\\nhope to visit every civilized country, and I take this opportunity of express\u00c2\u00ac\\ning my thanks to those centers of civilization which I have already visited\\nfor the attention and courtesy I have received.\\nCheiro.\\nSECOND EDITION.\\nThe first edition of five thousand copies having been exhausted in the short space\\nof four months, is in itself a gratifying proof of the favor with which the book has\\nbeen received.\\nIn revising it and producing a second edition, I have endeavored to make it still\\nmore valuable to the student, by adding some more world-known hands, including\\nthose of Sir Frederick Leighton, Sir John Lubbock, Sir Edwin Arnold, Austin Cham\u00c2\u00ac\\nberlain, Esq., M. P., and the Countess of Aberdeen.\\nThe hand of Austin Chamberlain has been placed next to that of his father, the\\nRight Hon. Joseph Chamberlain, as a striking example of heredity in the shape and\\nposition of the lines, indicative not only of character, but of similarity in the general\\naspects of career.\\nCheiro.", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0015.jp2"}, "14": {"fulltext": "SPECIAL EDITION.\\nIn the Second Edition, also in the Third and Fourth, I have added several\\nimportant and interesting hands that I considered helpful and instructive to\\nthe student in the pursuit of this study. Since the publication of the First\\nEdition I have further increased the book by adding to it\\nThe hand of Austen Chamberlain, Esq., M.P.,\\nThe Countess of Aberdeen,\\nSir John Lubbock,\\nSir Edwin Arnold,\\nSir Frederick Leighton,\\nThe Swam i Vivekananda,\\nThe Rev. C. H. Parkhurst, D.D.,\\nIn the publishing of the last Edition I have endeavored to make it still\\nmore valuable by such additions as\\nThe hand of Lady Lindsay,\\nSir Arthur Sullivan,\\nLady Henry Somerset,\\nA. J. B.,\\nMadame Melba,\\nLord Charles Beresford,\\nMr. William Whiteley,\\nGen. Redvers Buller,\\nRev. Minot J. Savage.\\n:f H. N. Higinbotiiam, Esq.\\nI trust in this way to make the book not only of use to the student,\\nbut also of historical value in the collection of hands whose owners have\\nbeen more or less instrumental in influencing both the thought of the age\\nand the destiny of mankind. In cases where the left hands are given, the\\nright does not come out clear enough in the impression for reproduction.\\nNovember, 1895.\\nCHEIRO.\\nPermanent address for all communications during the American and English tour,\\nCare of LOWS EXCHANGE,\\n949 Broadway, New York,\\n47 New Bond Street,\\nLondon, TV,\\nFor account ot the apparatus for Thought Photography and Register of Cerebral Force,\\nsee Part IV.", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0016.jp2"}, "15": {"fulltext": "CONTENTS.\\nPreface\\nA Defense\\npage\\nT\\n1\\nPART I.\u00e2\u0080\u0094CHEIROGNOMY.\\nCHAPTER\\nI. Of the Shapes of Hands and Fingers. 25\\nII. The Elementary, or Lowest Type. 27\\nIII. The Square Hand and its Subdivisions. 28\\nThe Square Hand with Short Square Fingers.\\nThe Square Hand with Long Square Fingers.\\nThe Square Hand with Knotty Fingers.\\nThe Square Hand with Spatulate Fingers.\\nThe Square Hand with Conic Fingers.\\nThe Square Hand with Psychic Fingers.\\nThe Square Hand with Mixed Fingers.\\nIV. The Spatulate Hand. 32\\nV. The Philosophic Hand. 34\\nVI. The Conic Hand. 37\\nVII. The Psychic Hand. 40\\nVIII. The Mixed Hand. 43\\nIX. The Thumb. 45\\nThe Supple-jointed Thumb.\\nThe Firm-jointed Thumb.\\nThe Second Phalange.\\nX. The Joints of the Fingers. 51\\nXI. The Fingers. 53\\nThe Length of the Fingers in Relation to One Another.\\nXII. The Palm, and Large and Small Hands. 56\\nXIII. The Nails 58\\nLong Nails in Relation to Health.\\nShort Nails in Relation to Health.\\nDisposition as shown by the Nails.", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0017.jp2"}, "16": {"fulltext": "X\\nContents.\\nCHAPTER PAGE\\nXIV. The Hair on the Hands.\u00e2\u0080\u0094A Suggestive Theory. 61\\nXY. The Mounts, their Position and their Meanings. 63\\nThe Mount of Yenus.\\nThe Mount of Jupiter.\\nThe Mount of Saturn.\\nThe Mount of the Sun.\\nThe Mount of Mercury.\\nThe Mount of Mars.\\nThe Mount of Luna.\\nThe Leaning of the Mounts toward One Another.\\nXYI. The Hands of Nations. 66\\nThe Elementary Hand.\\nThe Square Hand, and the Nations represented by it.\\nThe Philosophic.\\nThe Conic.\\nThe Spatulate.\\nThe Psychic.\\nPART II.\u00e2\u0080\u0094CHEIROMANCY.\\nI. A Few Remarks in Reference to the Reading of the Hand 69\\nII. The Lines of the Hand. 72\\nIII. In Relation to the Lines. 74\\nIV. The Right and Left Hands.\u00e2\u0096\u00a0. 77\\nV. The Line of Life. 79\\nVI. The Line of Mars. 86\\nVII. The Line of Head. 87\\nVIII. The Line of Head in Relation to the Seven Types. 91\\nThe Line of Head in Relation to the Square Hand.\\nThe Line of Head in Relation to the Spatulate Hand.\\nThe Line of Head in Relation to the Philosophic Hand.\\nThe Line of Head in Relation to the Conic Hand.\\nThe Line of Head in Relation to the Psychic Hand.\\nIX. Insanity as shown by the Line of Head. 95\\nMurderous Propensities as shown by the Line of Head.\\nX. The Line of Heart. 98\\nXI. The Line of Fate. 102\\nXII. The Line of Sun. 106\\nXIII. The Line of Health, or the Hepatica. 109\\nXIV. The Via Lasciva and the Line of Intuition. Ill\\nXV. The Girdle of Venus, the Ring of Saturn, and the Three Bracelets.... 112\\nXVI. The Line of Marriage. 114", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0018.jp2"}, "17": {"fulltext": "Contents.\\n51\\nCHAPTER PAGE\\nXVII. Children... 119\\nXVIII. The Star. 121\\nThe Star on the Mount of Jupiter.\\nThe Star on the Mount of Saturn.\\nThe Star on the Mount of the Sun.\\nThe Star on the Mount of Mercury.\\nThe Star on the Mount of Mars.\\nThe Star on the Mount of Luna.\\nThe Star on the Mount of Venus.\\nThe Star on the Fingers.\\nXIX. The Cross 125\\nXX. The Square. 127\\nXXI. The Island, the Circle, the Spot... 129\\nXXII. The Grille, the Triangle, \u00e2\u0080\u009cLa Croix Mystique,\u00e2\u0080\u009d the Ring op Solomon... 131\\nXXIII. Hands covered with Lines\u00e2\u0080\u0094the Color op the Palm. 134\\nSmooth Hands.\\nThe Skin.\\nThe Color of the Palm.\\nXXIV. The Great Triangle and the Quadrangle 136\\nThe Upper Angle.\\nThe Middle Angle.\\nThe Lower Angle.\\nThe Quadrangle.\\nXXV. Travel, Voyages, and Accidents. 139\\nXXVI. Time\u00e2\u0080\u0094the System op Seven. 112\\nPART III\u00e2\u0080\u0094ILLUSTRATIVE TYPES.\\nI. A Few Words on Suicide..\\nII. The Peculiarities op Hands that show a Suicidal Tendency\\nIII. Propensities for Murder.\\nIV. Various Phases of Insanity.\\nMelancholy and Religious Madness.\\nThe Development of the Crank.\\nThe Natural Madman.\\nV. Modus Operandi.\\nPART TV.\\nThought Photography and Register of Cerebral Force.\\nIllustrations of Famous Hands.\\nAppendix\\n144\\n147\\n149\\n152\\n155\\n158\\n163-198", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0019.jp2"}, "18": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0020.jp2"}, "19": {"fulltext": "LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS.\\nPLATE PACINO PAGE\\nI. The Elementary Hand 27\\nII. The Square, or Useful Hand. 28\\nIII. The Spatulate, or Active Hand. 32\\nIV. The Knotty, or Philosophic Hand 34\\nV. The Conic, or Artistic Hand 37\\nVI. The Psychic, or Idealistic Hand. 40\\nVII. The Mixed Hand. 43\\nVIII. Thumbs 45\\nIX. The Joints of the Fingers 51\\nThe Pointed.\\nThe Philosophic.\\nX. Nails. 58\\nFigs. 1 and 2, Throat Affections.\\nFigs. 3 and 5, Bronchial Affections.\\nFigs. 4, G, and 7, Delicacy of Lungs.\\nFigs. 8, 9, and 10, Consumptive Tendencies.\\nXI. Nails.\u00e2\u0080\u00a2. 59\\nShowing Tendency toward Heart-disease.\\nShowing Tendency toward Paralysis.\\nXII. The Mounts of the Hand 63\\nXIII. The Map of the Hand. 72\\nXIV. Signs found in the Hand.. 4\\nFig. 1. Forked Lines.\\nFig. 2. Sister Lines.\\nFig. 3. Spots on Lines.\\nFig. 4. Islands.\\nFig. 5. Tasseled Lines.\\nFig. 6. Ascending and Descending Branches.\\nFig. 7. Wavy Lines.\\nFig. 8. Capillaried Lines.\\nFig. 9. Broken Lines.\\nFig. 10. Chained Lines.\\nFig. 11. The Square on Line.", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0021.jp2"}, "20": {"fulltext": "XIV\\nList of Illustrations\\nPLATE\\nXV. Signs found in the Hand.\\nFig. 1. The Star.\\nFig. 2. The Island.\\nFig. 3. The Spot.\\nFig. 4. The Cross.\\nFig. 5. The Triangle.\\nFig. 6. The Grille.\\nFig. 7. The Square.\\nFig. 8. The Circle.\\nFig. 9. The Tripod and Spear-head.\\nXVI. Modifications of Principal Lines. 79\\nXVII. Modifications of Principal Lines. 87\\nXVIII. Modifications of Principal Lines. 98\\nXIX. Modifications of Principal Lines. 106\\nXX. Modifications of Principal Lines. 112\\nXXI. Modifications of Principal Lines. 121\\nXXII. Modifications of Principal Lines. 129\\nXXIII. Time\u00e2\u0080\u0094the System of Seven. 142\\nPAGE\\nXXIV. A Murderer\u00e2\u0080\u0099s Hand. 159\\nXXV. A Suicide\u00e2\u0080\u0099s Hand. 161\\nXXVI. A Baby\u00e2\u0080\u0099s Hand. 163\\nXXVII. The Hand of Madame Sarah Bernhardt. 165\\nXXVIII. The Hand of Mark Twain. 167\\nXXIX. The Hand of Madame Nordica. 169\\nXXX. The Hand of John Theo Dore Bentley. 171\\nXXXI. The Hand of Colonel Robert Ingersoll. 173\\nXXXII. The Hand of Mrs. Frank Leslie. 175\\nXXXIII. The Hand of W. T. Stead. 177\\nXXXIV. The Hand of the Right Hon. Joseph Chamberlain, M. P 179\\nXXXV. The Hand of Austen Chamberlain, Esq., M. P 181\\nXXXVI. The Hand of Mrs. Annie Besant. 183\\nXXXVII. The Hand of the Lord Chief-Justice of England. 185\\nXXXVIII. The Hand of the Countess of Aberdeen. 187\\nXXXIX. The Hand of Sir John Lubbock, M. P., F. R. S. 189\\nXL. The Hand of Sir Edwin Arnold. 191\\nXLI. The Hand of Sir Frederick Leighton, P. R. A. 193\\nXLII. The Hand of the Swami Vivekananda. 195\\nXLIII. The Hand of E. M. Curtiss, Esq. 197\\nXLIV. The Hand of the Rev. C. H. Parkhurst, D. D. 199\\nFACING PAGE\\n76", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0022.jp2"}, "21": {"fulltext": "List of Illustrations. xv\\nPLATE PAGE\\nXLV. The Hand of Lady Lindsay. 201\\nXLYI. The Hand of Sir Arthur Sullivan. 203\\nXLVII. The Hand of Lady Henry Somerset. 205\\nXLVIII. The Hand of a Prominent Member of the House of Commons. 207\\nXLIX. The Hand of Madame Melba. 209\\nL. The Hand of Lord Charles Beresford. 211\\nLI. The Hand of Mr. William Whiteley. 213\\nLII. The Hand of Gen. Sir Redvers Buller, V.C., K.C.B 215\\nLIII. The Hand of Minot J. Savage 217\\nLTV. The Hand of H. N. Higinbotham, Esq 219", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0023.jp2"}, "22": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0024.jp2"}, "23": {"fulltext": "A DEFENSE.\\nThe greatest truth may lie in smallest things,\\nThe greatest good in what we most despise,\\nThe greatest light may break from darkest skies,\\nThe greatest chord from e en the weakest strings.\\nCheiro.\\nIf any science, art, or work lias for its beginning, its object, and its end\\nthe improvement of humanity and the advancement of the race, then that\\nwork, art, or science deserves the encouragement and recognition that is\\nits due.\\nOf all branches of the study of human nature, that of the hand has the\\nmost powerful claim. By it one can detect, not only the faults in mankind,\\nbut the way in which those faults may be redeemed. It is the key to that\\ncabinet of character in which nature conceals not only the motive power\\nnecessary for every-day life, but those latent talents and energies that by\\nthe knowledge of self we can bring to bear upon our lives.\\nThere are few\u00e2\u0080\u0094if any\u00e2\u0080\u0094of us who, looking back upon the past, will not\\nat some time confess to months, years, and often the greater part of life\u00e2\u0080\u0099s\\nspan, that have been lost, through the fault of parents and our own ignorance\\ncombined.\\nKnow thyself,\u00e2\u0080\u009d the motto of the ancients, is the simplest but the grand\u00c2\u00ac\\nest sermon that can ring within our ears. By the knowledge of nature do we\\nhonor nature; let us then consider the study that can give such knowledge:\\nfor by the knowledge of self may we master self, and by the improvement of\\nself may we also improve mankind\u00e2\u0080\u0094to the advancement of the race, to the\\nhonor of the world, and to the glory of those who, in the march of time, will\\nfill life\u00e2\u0080\u0099s broken ranks, and some day take our place.\\nTo endeavor to show the solid and sufficient foundation that this study\\nn.\\nI", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0025.jp2"}, "24": {"fulltext": "A Defense.\\no\\nj-i\\nrests upon, I will merely ask my readers to follow the pages of this defense,\\nwith curiosity if they w T ish, but, I hope, with curiosity tempered by common\\nsense and patience. It shall therefore be my province to assume the posi\u00c2\u00ac\\ntion of the student, and not that of the partisan. Thus, discarding the argu\u00c2\u00ac\\nmentative standpoint, do I present the history of the study, and the facts\\nupon which it rests, feeling assured that the result will be satisfactory to the\\nreason, the logic, and the common sense of those who, from it matters not\\nwhat motive, may examine this study for themselves.\\nTo consider the origin of this science, we must take our thoughts back to\\nthe earliest days of the world\u00e2\u0080\u0099s history, and furthermore to the consideration\\nof a people the oldest of all, yet one that has survived the fall of empires,\\nnations, and dynasties, and who are to-day as characteristic and as full of\\nindividuality as they were when thousands of years ago the first records of\\nhistory were written. I allude to those children of the East, the Hindus, a\\npeople whose philosophy and wisdom are every day being more and more\\nrevived. Looking back to the earliest days of the history of the known\\nworld, we find that the first linguistic records belong to the people under\\nconsideration, and date back to that far-distant cycle of time known as the\\nAryan civilization. Beyond history we cannot go; but the monuments and\\ncave temples of India, according to the testimony of archaeologists, all point\\nto a time so far beyond the scant history at our disposal, that in the exami\u00c2\u00ac\\nnation of such matters our greatest knowledge is dwarfed into infantile noth\u00c2\u00ac\\ningness\u00e2\u0080\u0094our age and era are but the swaddling-clothes of the child; our\\nmanhood that of the infant in the arms of the eternity of time.\\nIn endeavoring to trace the origin of palmistry, we are carried back to\\nthe confines of a prehistoric age. History tells us that in the remotest\\nperiod of the Aryan civilization it had even a literature of its own. Beyond\\nthis we cannot go; but as fragments of this literature are even now extant,\\nwe must therefore conclude that it had a still more remote infancy; but into\\nthat night of antiquity we dare not venture. There are no stars to guide,\\nno faded moons to show us light; and so, standing on the borders of the\\nknown, we gaze into the darkness of the unknown, from the vastness of\\nwhich we occasionally draw the bones of a mammoth or the fragments of a\\nshrine: they are helps to knowledge; they are weeds upon the sands of time;", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0026.jp2"}, "25": {"fulltext": "A Defense.\\n3\\nthey tell us of days before our days, of races before our race, of verdant\\nislands, of civilization sunk forever in the ocean of antiquity.\\nAs regards the people who first understood and practised this study of\\nthe hand, we find undisputed proofs of their learning and knowledge. Long\\nbefore Rome or Greece or Israel was even heard of, the monuments of\\nIndia point back to an age of learning beyond, and still beyond. From the\\nastronomical calculations that the figures in their temples represent, it has\\nbeen estimated that the Hindus understood the precession of the equinoxes\\ncenturies before the Christian era. In some of the ancient cave temples, the\\nmystic figures of the Sphinx silently tell that such knowledge had been pos\u00c2\u00ac\\nsessed and used in advance of all those nations afterward so celebrated for\\ntheir learning. It has been demonstrated that to make a change from one\\nsign to another in the zodiacal course of the sun must have occupied at the\\nleast 2140 years, and how many centuries elapsed before such changes came\\nto be observed and noticed it is impossible to even estimate.\\nThe intellectual power which was necessary to make such observations\\nspeaks for itself; and yet it is to such a people that we trace the origin of\\nthe study under consideration. With the spread of the Hindu teachings\\ninto other lands do we trace the spread of the knowledge of palmistry. The\\nHindu Vedas are the oldest scriptures that have been found, and according\\nto some authorities they have been the foundation of even the Greek schools\\nof learning.\\nWhen we consider that palmistry is the offspring of such a race, we\\nshould for such a reason alone at least treat it with respect, and be more\\ninclined to examine its claims for justice than we are at present. In the\\nexamination of these points we therefore find that this study of the hand\\nis one of the most ancient in the world. History again comes to our assis\u00c2\u00ac\\ntance, and tells that in the northwest province of India palmistry was prac\u00c2\u00ac\\ntised and followed by the Joshi caste from time immemorial to the present\\nday.\\nIt may be interesting to describe here, in as few words as possible, an\\nextremely ancient and curious book on the markings of hands, that I was\\nallowed to use and examine during my sojourn in India. This book was one\\nof the greatest treasures of the few Brahmans who possessed and understood", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0027.jp2"}, "26": {"fulltext": "4\\nA Defense.\\nit, and was jealously guarded in one of those old cave temples that belong\\nto the ruins of ancient Hindustan.\\nThis strange book was made of human skin, pieced and put together in\\nthe most ingenious manner. It was of enormous size, and contained hun\u00c2\u00ac\\ndreds of well-drawn illustrations, with records of how, when, and where this\\nor that mark was proved correct.\\nOne of the strangest features in connection with it was that it was written\\nin some red liquid which age had failed to spoil or fade. The effect of those\\nvivid red letters on the pages of dull yellow skin was most remarkable. By\\nsome compound, probably made of herbs, each page was glazed, as it were,\\nby varnish; but whatever this compound may have been, it seemed to defy\\ntime, as the outer covers alone showed the signs of wear and decay. As\\nregards the antiquity of this book there could be no question. It was ap\u00c2\u00ac\\nparently written in three sections or divisions: the first part belonged to\\nthe earliest language of the country, and dated so far back that very few of\\neven the Brahmans could read or decipher it. There are many such treasures\\nin Hindustani; but all are so jealously guarded by the Brahmans that neither\\nmoney, art, nor power will ever release such pledges of the past.\\nAs the wisdom of this strange race spread far and wide across the earth,\\nso the doctrines and ideas of palmistry spread and were practised in other\\ncountries. Just as religion suits itself to the conditions of the race in which\\nit is propagated, so has palmistry been divided into systems. The most an\u00c2\u00ac\\ncient records, however, are those found among the Hindus. It is difficult\\nto trace its path from country to country. In far-distant ages it has been\\npractised in China, Tibet, Persia, and Egypt; but it is to the days of the\\nGrecian civilization that we owe the present clear and lucid form of the\\nstudy. The Greek civilization has in many ways been considered the high\u00c2\u00ac\\nest and most intellectual in the world, and here it was that palmistry, or\\ncheiromancy\u00e2\u0080\u0094from the Greek cheA\\\\ the hand\u00e2\u0080\u0094grew, flourished, and found\\nfavor in the sight of those whose names are as stars of honor in the fir\u00c2\u00ac\\nmament of knowledge. We find that Anaxagoras taught and practised it in\\n423 b.c. We find that Hispanus discovered, on an altar dedicated to Hermes,\\na book on cheiromancy written in gold letters, which he sent as a present to\\nAlexander the Great, as \u00e2\u0080\u009ca study worthy the attention of an elevated and", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0028.jp2"}, "27": {"fulltext": "A Defense.\\n5\\ninquiring mind.\u00e2\u0080\u009d We find it also sanctioned by such men of learning as\\nAristotle, Pliny, Paracelsus, Cardamis, Albertus Magnus, the Emperor Au\u00c2\u00ac\\ngustus, and many others of note.\\nNow, whether these ancient people were more enlightened than we are\\nhas long been a question of dispute. The point, however, which has been\\nadmitted, and the one which concerns this study most, is, that as in those\\ndays the greatest study of mankind was man, it therefore follows that in a\\nstudy like this their conclusions are far more likely to be right than are\\nthose of an age famous for its implements of destruction, its steam-engines,\\nand its commerce. Again, if an age like the present will admit, and has\\nadmitted, that those Greek philosophers were men of extraordinary depth of\\nthought and learning, and that their works, thoughts, and ideas are worthy\\nof the deepest respect, why should we then lightly consider their authority on\\nthis subject, and throw aside a study that so deeply occupied their attention f\\nAnd again, if we go back, as we do, to these men for their learning in other\\nmatters, why, in the name of all that is reasonable, should we reject their\\nknowledge in this f\\nNow, as in the study of mankind there came to be recognized a natural\\nposition on the face for the nose, eyes, ears, etc., so also on the hand there\\ncame to be recognized a natural position for the line of head, the line of life,\\nand so on. The time and study devoted to the subject enabled these stu\u00c2\u00ac\\ndents to give names to these marks; as the line of head, meaning mentality;\\nthe line of heart, affection; the line of life, longevity; and so on, with every\\nmark or mount that the hand possesses. This brings us down to the period\\nwhen the power of the church was beginning to be felt outside the domain\\nand jurisdiction of religion. It is said that the early Fathers were jealous\\nof the power of this old-world science. Such may or may not have been the\\ncase; but even in the present day we find that the church constitutes itself\\nin all matters, both spiritual and temporal, the chosen oracle of God. With\u00c2\u00ac\\nout wishing to seem intolerant, one cannot help but remaik that the histoiy\\nof any dominant religion is the history of the opposition to knowledge, unless\\nthat knowledge proceed from its teachings. Falmistiy, theiefoie, the child\\nof pagans and heathens, was not even given a trial. It was denounced as\\nrank sorcery and witchcraft. The devil was conjured up as the father of all", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0029.jp2"}, "28": {"fulltext": "6\\nA Defense.\\npalmists, and the result was that men and women, terrified to acknowledge\\nsuch a parentage, allowed palmistry to become outlawed and fall into the\\nhands of vagrants, tramps, and gipsies.\\nDuring the middle ages several attempts were made to revive this an\u00c2\u00ac\\ncient study; as, for instance, Die Kunst Ciromanta,\u00e2\u0080\u009d published in 1475,\\nand The Cyromantia Aristotelis cum Figuris,\u00e2\u0080\u009d published 1490, which is at\\npresent in the British Museum. These attempts were useful in keeping the\\nashes of the study from dying out; but it is in the nineteenth century that\\nonce more it rises a Phoenix from the fire of persecution which has tried in\\nvain to destroy it. The science of the present has come to the rescue of the\\nso-called superstition of the past. On almost every side proof is being added\\nto proof that this ancient study is not a delusion, but a real thing\u00e2\u0080\u0094a jewel,\\nas it were, dimmed and covered by the accumulations of bigotry and super\u00c2\u00ac\\nstition, yet one which contains within its depths that light of truth which\\nnature\u00e2\u0080\u0099s followers delight to know and worship.\\nIt may be well here to defend palmistry from the attacks of the church.\\nLet us examine for a moment the right of the church to attack it. Alas!\\nhis majesty Satan has still the reputation of being behind every person who\\ndares to advance any science or thought that may not be in accordance with\\nthe interpretation of the church\u00e2\u0080\u0099s idea of right and wrong. I had not been\\nin London one month before a Catholic priest refused to give absolution to\\nan entire family because they had consulted me against his orders. In\\nAmerica, during my first year, I was visited by two clergymen, with the\\nobject of persuading me that my success was due alone to the agency of the\\ndevil. One went so far as to tell me that God had sent him to offer me a\\nclerkship\u00e2\u0080\u0094at a small salary, of course\u00e2\u0080\u0094if I would only give up my relations\\nwith the Evil One. But all this is not to be wondered at when one remem\u00c2\u00ac\\nbers that in this year (1894), in one of the most prominent churches in Amer\u00c2\u00ac\\nica, a very noted clergyman used these words:\\nLet me tell you what I saw a few years ago with my own eyes.\u00e2\u0080\u009d Then\\nfollowed a long description of 11 a fiery animal shaped like a horse, that glowed\\nlike a burning coal, which had a man mounted upon it without arms. It\\nrolled from one end of the island to the other, and from side to side with\\nimmense speed. The people were terrified; they thought it was the devil,", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0030.jp2"}, "29": {"fulltext": "A Defense.\\n7\\nand they implored me to intercede for them, but I refused. I have trav\u00c2\u00ac\\neled all over the world and seen the greatest sights and wonders of the earth;\\nbut I never saw anything like that before. It was a warning tg all who saw\\nit, and represented Satan and his army, wdio are to visit with awful results\\nthe sinners of the earth.\u00e2\u0080\u009d\\nI make no comment. I quote the above words verbatim from a leading\\nNew York paper of the 3d of March, 1894, which reported the entire sermon.\\nThe church is not consistent; its foundation is the Bible, and from the\\nfirst of Genesis to the end of Revelation the Bible is a book of fate. In the\\nopening chapters we find that God ordained a certain time when a virgin\\nwould conceive, and a little later when a Judas would betray. Poor Judas\\nthus becomes a selected victim, a child of fate, from whom opportunities\\nwould arise to alter the destiny of nations. It is useless to say that Judas was\\na free agent; if he had shirked his fate would not some other man have had\\nto take his place \u00e2\u0080\u009cthat the Scriptures might be fulfilled\u00e2\u0080\u009d? Over fourteen\\ntimes in the Gospels do we find these mysterious words. In almost every\\nportion of the Bible we find the spirit of prophecy encouraged. We find\\nSchools of the Prophets established for such a purpose, and indications\\nthat divinations were held in high repute by God\u00e2\u0080\u0099s chosen people. Among\\nthe Hebrews, as among the Hindus, Egyptians, Chaldeaus, and all nations\\nwho encouraged the spirit of prophecy, the prophets were a separate and\\ndistinct class from the priesthood. Among the Jews the prophets often\\nacted in direct opposition to the priesthood, denouncing in the strongest\\nlanguage the abominations and corruptions that they practised. Again,\\nwhat can be more mystical, or more allied to magic, than the ancient cabala\\nof the Jews According to tradition it was communicated by God to Adam,\\nby Adam given to Seth, and lost by the latter in some mysterious way. It\\nwas renewed again by God to Moses on Mount Sinai, from Moses to Joshua,\\nfrom Joshua to the Seventy Elders, and was sometimes utilized by learned\\nJews instead of the counsels of the Talmud. Examining the Biblical state\u00c2\u00ac\\nment that the Jews were in bondage to Egypt at a time when the Egyptians\\nwere famous for their magic, it cannot be wondered at that after leaving\\nthat land of mystery they would still cling to the teachings imbibed while\\nthere. According to many authorities, the description of the Hebrews de-", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0031.jp2"}, "30": {"fulltext": "8\\nA Defense.\\nspoiling the Egyptians on the eve of their departure, and robbing them of\\ntheir ornaments, signifies in cabalistic language the taking from them the\\nexternal rites and ceremonials of their magical worship.\u00e2\u0080\u009d We therefore find\\nthat the Bible, upon which the creeds of the modern church are founded, is\\ntinged with the mysticism common to its time; that it encourages prophecy,\\nand that it teaches fate: which three things in the study of palmistry arouse\\nthe wrath of the church, and are denounced as sorcery, witchcraft, and every\u00c2\u00ac\\nthing* else contrary to the teachings of God.\\nIn view of the opposition of the church, it is interesting to notice the\\nmany important phrases in the Bible in which hands are mentioned. There\\nare many authorities who affirm that among the arts learned by the Jews\\nwhile in Egypt was this study of the hand; but the most important verse\\nthat is used in support of this is the seventh of the thirty-seventh chapter of\\nJob. In the original Hebrew it appears to have a very different meaning\\nfrom that given to it by the English version. One translation of it runs,\\nGod placed signs or seals in the hands of men, that all men might know\\ntheir works.\u00e2\u0080\u009d This verse, about the middle of the sixteenth century, caused\\nsome very great discussions among theologians and commentators. Among\\nthem we find that many advocated the cheiromantic aspect that the lines of\\nthe hand are \u00e2\u0080\u009cthe markings of God, that all men might know their works.\u00e2\u0080\u009d\\nAmong those in support of this view were Franciscus Yalesius, Scliultens,\\nLy rannus, Thomassin, and Debrio, and this is all the more remarkable when\\none remembers that these men could not have lived in a more antagonistic\\nage in whicli to propagate their views. The translation of the Bible into\\nEnglish at a time when the opposition to palmistry, sorcery, and witchcraft\\nwas at its height, is very jwobably the cause of the wording of this verse as\\nit now stands.\\nAmong other verses that seem to bear a relation to this point might be\\nmentioned:\\nLength of days is in her right band, riches and honor are in her left.\u00e2\u0080\u009d\\n(Prov. iii. 16.)\\n\u00e2\u0080\u009cWhat evil is in mine hand?\u00e2\u0080\u009d (1 Sam. xxvi. 18.)\\nAnd receive his mark in his forehead, or in his hand.\u00e2\u0080\u009d (Rev. xiv 0 9.)\\nBut of all the many allusions to the subject, the verse in Job is certainly", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0032.jp2"}, "31": {"fulltext": "A Defense. 9\\nthe most important, and one which, as I have shown, has called forth the\\nsupport of even theologians.\\nIn connection with the opposition of the church, the most absurd point,\\nto my mind, is, that this very church does not hesitate to preach fate for\\nanother world while determinedly tabooing such a doctrine as regards this.\\nThere are a great many sects who openly advocate the doctrine of predesti\u00c2\u00ac\\nnation as far as religious matters are concerned. What is known as the Eng\u00c2\u00ac\\nlish Church goes so far as to make it one of her articles of faith, as in the\\nseventeenth Article of Religion, where it is stated that \u00e2\u0080\u009cpredestination to\\nlife is the everlasting purpose of God, whereby, before the foundations of the\\nworld were laid, He hath decreed by His counsel secret to us,\u00e2\u0080\u009d to do this, that,\\nor the other, according to the ideas of the learned gentlemen who framed the\\narticle.\\nTo thus deal with an eternity of life, to thus plan out the political econ-\\nomy of that which is unknown, is a thousand times more unreasonable than\\nto ask people to believe that as the hands are the servan ts of the system so all\\nthings which affect the system affect them. It is strange, but it is a fact that\\nthe people who believe the most extraordinary theories as regards religion\\nare the very people who cry out that it is absurd to believe in any study like\\nthis of palmistry. Surely this is not consistent.\\nWe will now see what science has done for palmistry, and whether or\\nnot it has any foundation beyond that of mere speculation and hypothesis.\\nIn this age of specialism which is so characteristic of the nineteenth century,\\nwe find in almost all departments of life men devoting their time to some one\\nparticular branch of study. In past ages it was common for a man to be a\\nphysician, a chemist, and a surgeon combined. There was, in fact, no limit\\nto the things to which he might turn his attention. In the nineteenth cen\u00c2\u00ac\\ntury, however, and particularly toward its close, we find specialists arising in\\nall directions. A surgeon need not practise as a physician, nor a physician\\nas a surgeon; a dentist need not be a doctor, and a chemist need not be a\\nbone-setter. Particularly in science is this change seen, and with ^ei\\\\ aston\u00c2\u00ac\\nishing results in the independent discoveries and improvements that have\\nbeen made.\\nThis specialism has, however, one verv srreat evil. It may give greater", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0033.jp2"}, "32": {"fulltext": "10\\nA Defense.\\nknowledge on particular things, but it confines men to a narrower line of\\nthought. It therefore happens that the physician may know little about\\nanatomy, whereas the surgeon may know next to nothing of medicine; the\\nnerve specialist won\u00e2\u0080\u0099t treat the common ailments of life, and the doctor will\\nnot infringe upon the latter; the physician who devotes his talents to con\u00c2\u00ac\\nsumption cures won\u00e2\u0080\u0099t treat fever patients; and so on. Now all this leads up\\nto a very grave point, namely, the unreasonable way in which the ordinary\\npopulace treat the ordinary medical man. A man sees, perhaps, a strange\\nexperiment in hypnotism; he goes to his physician, and because that physi\u00c2\u00ac\\ncian, who probably has never devoted five minutes\u00e2\u0080\u0099 study to such a subject,\\npronounces such a thing impossible, the patient goes away and tells his\\nacquaintances to pooh-pooh the idea, because Dr. So-and-so does not believe\\nin it. Now, when one considers that even in medicine there are hundreds\\nof mysteries perfectly unknown to the ordinary medical man, how much\\nmore so mav it not be in regard to the mvsteries of life and nature, which\\nare subject to invisible laws beyond the power of man to analyze\\nI respect doctors as a body of educated men; but I do not respect the\\nidea that they should be the appointed judges of such matters as telepathy,\\nmesmerism, clairvoyance, and so on, without any other qualification but that\\nof having M.D. to their name. It was Voltaire who said that \u00e2\u0080\u009cNewton, with\\nall his science, did not know how his hand moved.\u00e2\u0080\u009d Almost every day in\\nmy work, the following conversation occurs:\\nWell, sir, you have told me the events of my past fife so accurately\\nfrom these lines that I am half inclined to believe you can tell the future;\\nbut I have asked Dr. So-and-so; he says it must be all humbug, so I really\\ndo not know what to think.\u00e2\u0080\u009d Alas! Dr. So-and-so too often turns out to be\\na man who has never had the time, the opportunity, or even the inclination\\nto study the connection between the brain and the hand. He has not even\\nread the works of medical specialists on the subject. He has confined\\nhimself to the treatment of fever, pneumonia, the illnesses of children, or\\nthe hypochondriacal fads and fancies of age. He knows that there are\\nsuch things as hands, that they are dry and hot during fever, and that is\\nabout all.\\nIn reference to this I quote a few remarks from the address of the pres-", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0034.jp2"}, "33": {"fulltext": "A Defense. 11\\nident of the New Jersey State Medical Society, at its meeting, June, 1S93, in\\nwhich he said:\\n\u00e2\u0080\u009cHow many physicians know anything of the natural cause of most dis\u00c2\u00ac\\neases except by hearsay How many have had the courage to observe for\\nthemselves while sternly combating the seductive opportunity of prescribing\\na variety of unnecessary medicines\\nNot more than twenty years ago almost every physician of note cried\\nout that hypnotism was impossible. To-day the same profession embraces\\nit, and studies the very laws whose existence it once denied. It is the same\\nwith cheiromancy: for years they have pooh-poohed the idea; to-day they\\nadmit that diseases are indicated in a marvelous manner by the hand, and\\nat present the study of the shape of the nails is a branch calliug forth the\\ngreatest attention from medical men in both London and Paris.\\nIf the medical profession could oiily forget their old-time prejudices; if\\nthey could only be persuaded to take some reliable work on palmistry and\\nstudy it for themselves\u00e2\u0080\u0094they would without doubt come to the conclusion\\nthat, in the words of Hispanus, it was indeed a study worthy the attention\\nof an elevated and inquiring mind.\u00e2\u0080\u009d\\nIn relation to this I publish the following letter which appeared in the\\nStudent a paper belonging to the University of Edinburgh, Scotland, dated\\nJanuary 29, 1890.\\nCHEIROMANCY.\\nSir Some years ago I was walking through one of the wards in the Royal Infirmary, when\\nsuddenly the idea occurred to me that I would examine the lines on a patient\u00e2\u0080\u0099s hand.\\nI went to the nearest bed, and without pausing to look at the patient, I examined his hand.\\nI knew little of palmistry, and believed still less; in fact, I hardly knew more than the names of\\nthe five principal lines, and that breaks in those lines usually meant misfortune. I examined\\nthe hands, and saw the life-line broken in both hands, and the fate-line, before it had reached\\na quarter of its natural length, stopped and replaced by a large cross. I questioned the patient,\\nand found that he was twenty-three years old, and far gone in phthisis. He died in a few days. I\\ncould multiply instances, but space forbids. Would you then allow me to offer a few suggestions\\nas to the possible relation of these lines to processes carried on in the cehs of the gray matter?\\nI am well aware that palmistry is considered quackery and humbug; but, after all, facts are\\nstubborn things, even if they do not rest on any known scientific basis.\\n[A few suggestions on the possible relation of linear markings on .he palm of the hand to\\ncertain physiological and psychical processes in the brain.]\\n1. The hand is a high stage of development peculiar to man as a reasonable being.\\n2. Tendencies, such as eloquence, anger, and affection, are shown by movements.", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0035.jp2"}, "34": {"fulltext": "12\\nA Defense.\\n3. These movements are coarse and fine, and so produce large and small creases or lines.\\n4. Creases and lines, therefore, bear a definite relation to movements, and so to tendencies.\\n5. There are four well-marked creases or lines on every hand, found by experience to bear\\na definite relation to the tendencies of affection, mental capacity, longevity, and mental bent,\\nor what cheiromants call fate.\u00e2\u0080\u009d\\nG. A line crossing the longevity line, a branch or break in it, interferes with its uniformity,\\nand therefore interferes with the uniformity of the tendency to live.\\n7. Nerves regulating coarser and finer motions, and so creases or lines, contain chiefly motor\\nfibers; but probably also other filaments transmitting in vibrations the resultant or combined\\neffect of acquired and constitutional tendencies, and determining it to that part of the longevity\\nline that will be affected, and there causing a crease resembling a cross by its junction with the\\nmain line or a branch, as the case may be.\\n8. The same train of reasoning obviously applies to avoidable accidents \u00e2\u0080\u0094that is, accidents\\ncaused by carelessness.\\n9. Unavoidable accidents. Certain tracts of cells in the conical gray matter are, incredible as\\nit may seem, probably affected by coming events, and made to vibrate; hence, vague fears,\\nintuitive perception, but no actual train of reasoning. The vibrations excited in these cells\\ncannot awaken the activity of the cells engaged in reasoning processes that adjoin them, but\\nmerely cause protoplasmic vibrations in them, these vibrations being transmitted and marked\\non the hand by creases of different shapes. According to cheiromants, the left hand is what\\nyou are, constitutionally; the right hand, what you make yourself or acquire. We may, there\u00c2\u00ac\\nfore, reasonably expect to see in the right hand the resultant of acquired and constitutional\\ntendencies.\\nAs regards futurity, I think it not impossible that Professor Charcot\u00e2\u0080\u0099s researches on the\\nhigher functions of the nervous system will demonstrate that tracts of cells, or a pathological\\ncondition of these cells, enables a perception of futurity, but no memory of it.\\n(Signed) Speranus.\\nIt will thus be seen that it requires but a little study of the subject\\nto convince even the most skeptical that there is something in the lines\\nand if a little, why not a great deal, if a sufficient amount of study be devoted\\nto it\\nIn medical work, lioematoma of the ear has been for a long time recog\u00c2\u00ac\\nnized. This consists in the upper portion of the ear assuming a peculiar\\nshape, either by the formation of a blood tumor, or by the thickening of\\nthe upper portion, which is found in the ears of lunatics, generally those who\\ninherit madness; but in Paris lately it has been more closely studied, with\\nthe result that in August, 1893, tests were given before the Academie des\\nSciences, proving that madness could be predicted years in advance by\\na proper study of the ear alone. Now my argument is, that if, as has been\\nproved, accurate prediction can be made by a study of the ear, is there then\\nanything impossible in prediction being far more accurately made by a study", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0036.jp2"}, "35": {"fulltext": "A Defense.\\n13\\nof the hand, which has been pronounced to be, both in nerves and mechanism,\\nthe most wonderful organ in the entire system, and to have the most intimate\\nconnection with the brain\\nAlmost all medical men admit now that the different formations of nails\\nindicate different diseases, and that it is possible from the nails alone to\\npredict that the subject will suffer from paralysis, consumption, heart dis\u00c2\u00ac\\nease, and so on. Many a well-known doctor has told me that he has read\\nmore from the hand than he dared acknowledge, and that it was but the old-\\ntime prejudices which kept many a man from admitting the same thing.\\nAt this point let me also draw a comparison between the way a doctor\\ntreats his patient and the wav a palmist treats his client. I draw this com\u00c2\u00ac\\nparison on account of the unfair manner in which medical men as a rule treat\\nthe palmist.\\nIn the first place, the doctor has a recognized science to go by; he has\\nscientific instruments with the most modern improvements to assist his re-\\nsearches; but how many can tell the patient what he is suffering from, unless\\nthe patient first tells the doctor all about himself and his symptoms; and\\neven then, how often can the doctor arrive at a correct diagnosis? Many of\\nmy readers will remember that during the great epidemic of La Grippe in\\nLondon, 1890, letters appeared in the leading papers relating to the experi\u00c2\u00ac\\nences of a man who visited seven of the most noted physicians of the\\nday; that these seven, after thoroughly examining him, each said he was\\nsuffering from a different disease, and all prescribed entirely different drugs\\nfor him to take.\\nNow, in the case of a palmist, the client, without giving his or her name,\\nwithout telling his occupation, or whether married or single, simply holds\\nout his hands, and the palmist has to tell him past events in his life, present\\nsurroundings, health, past and present; and having, by accuiacj only, gained\\nhis confidence, he proceeds to read the future from the same mateiials that\\nhe has told the past. Now, if the palmist, without one particle of the help\\nthat the doctor gets, should make one mistake, the client immediately con\u00c2\u00ac\\nsiders that he is a charlatan, and palmistry a delusion and a snaie. If,\\nhowever, the doctor makes a blunder, it is never known, but the result is that\\nthe patient has been called away by Providence to another sphere.\u00e2\u0080\u009d", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0037.jp2"}, "36": {"fulltext": "14\\nA Defense.\\nI leave my readers to draw their own conclusions.\\nAmong the testimony and ideas given by scientific men we find the\\ngreatest possible arguments in favor of the cheiromantic use of the lines,\\nformations, mounts, and so forth. In the first place, the markings of no two\\nhands have ever been found alike. This is particularly noticeable m the case\\nof twins; the lines will be widely different if the natures are different in\\ntheir individuality, but at least some important difference will be shown, in\\naccordance with the different temperaments. It has also been noted that\\neven with the lines of the hand a certain peculiarity will run in families for\\ngenerations, and that each succeeding race will also show in temperament\\nwhatever that peculiar characteristic is. But again, it will be found that in\\nthe markings of the hand some children bear very little resemblance, in the\\nposition of the lines, to those of the parents, and that, if one watches their\\nlives, they will, in accordance with this theory, be found very different from\\nthose who gave them birth. Again, one child may resemble the father,\\nanother the mother, and the markings of the hand will also be found to\\ncorrespond with the markings on the hand of the particular parent that the\\nchild resembles.\\nIt is a very popular fallacy that the lines are made by work. The direct\\nopposite, however, is the case. At the birth of the infant the lines are deeply\\nmarked (Plate XXVI.). Work, on the contrary, covers the hand with a coarse\\nlayer of skin, and so hides instead of exposes them; but if the hand is soft\u00c2\u00ac\\nened, by poulticing or other means, the entire multitude of marks will be\\nshown at any time from the cradle to the grave.\\nThe superiority of the hand is well worthy our attention. Scientists and\\nmen of learning in all ages have agreed that it plays one of the most impor\u00c2\u00ac\\ntant parts of all the members of the body. Anaxagoras has said: The\\nsuperiority of man is owing to his hands.\u00e2\u0080\u009d In Aristotle\u00e2\u0080\u0099s writings we find\\nThe hand is the organ of organs, the active agent of the passive powers of\\nthe entire system.\u00e2\u0080\u009d In our own day, such men as Sir Richard Owen, Hum\u00c2\u00ac\\nphrey, and Sir Charles Bell all call attention to the importance of the hand.\\nSir Charles Bell in 1874 writes W r e ought to define the hand as belonging\\nexclusively to man, corresponding, in its sensibility and motion to the endowment\\nof his mind.\u00e2\u0080\u009d", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0038.jp2"}, "37": {"fulltext": "A Defense\\n15\\nSir Richard Owen, in liis work on The Nature of Limbs,\u00e2\u0080\u009d published in\\n1849, says: In the hand every single bone is distinguishable from one\\nanother; each digit has its own peculiar character.\u00e2\u0080\u009d\\nIt has long been known and recognized that the hand can express almost\\nas much by its gestures and positions as the lips can by speech. Quintilian,\\nspeaking of the language of hands, says For the other parts of the body\\nassist the speaker, but these, I may say, speak for themselves; they ask, they\\npromise, they invoke, they dismiss, they threaten, they entreat, they depre\u00c2\u00ac\\ncate, they express fear, joy, grief, our doubts, our assents, our penitence,\\nthey show moderation, profusion, they mark number and time.\u00e2\u0080\u009d\\nWe will now give our attention to the skin, the nerves, and the sense of\\ntouch. The highest authority we can have on the hand is Sir Charles Bell.\\nSpeaking of the skin, he says: The cuticle is so far a part of the organ of\\ntouch that it is the medium through which the external impression is con\u00c2\u00ac\\nveyed to the nerve. The extremities of the fingers best exhibit the provisions\\nfor the exercise of this sense. The nails give support to the tips of the\\nfingers, and in order to sustain the elastic cushion that forms their extremities\\nthey are made broad and shield-like. This cushion is an important part of\\nthe exterior apparatus. Its fulness and elasticity adapt it admirably for\\ntouch. It is a remarkable fact that we cannot feel the pulse with the tongue,\\nbut that we can with the fingers. On a nearer inspection we discover in the\\npoints of the fingers a more particular provision for adapting them to touch.\\nWherever the sense of feeling is most exquisite, there we see minute spiral\\nridges of the cuticle. These ridges have corresponding depressions on the\\ninner surface, and they again give lodgment to soft, pulpy processes of the\\nskin called papillae, in which lie the extremities of the sentient nerves. Thus\\nthe nerves are adequately protected, while they are at the same time suffi\u00c2\u00ac\\nciently exposed to have impressions communicated to them through the\\nelastic cuticle and thus give rise to the sense of touch.\u00e2\u0080\u009d\\nAs regards the nerves, medical science has demonstrated that the hand con\u00c2\u00ac\\ntains more nerves than any other portion of the system, and the palm contains\\nmore than any other portion of the hand. It has also been shown that the\\nnerves from the brain to the hand are so highly developed by generations of\\nuse, that the hand, whether passive or active, is in every sense the immediate", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0039.jp2"}, "38": {"fulltext": "16\\nA Defense.\\nservant of the brain. A very interesting medical work states that every\\napparent single nerve is in reality two nerve cords in one sheath; the one\\nconveys the action of the brain to the part, and the other conveys the action\\nof the part to the brain.\u00e2\u0080\u009d\\nIn connection with this, it is important to consider the corpuscles that\\nare found in the hand. Meissner, in his Anatomy and Physiology of the\\nHand\u00e2\u0080\u009d (Leipzig, 1853), showed that these corpuscles in the hand have a very\\nimportant meaning. He demonstrated that these \u00e2\u0080\u009cunyielding molecular\\nsubstances\u00e2\u0080\u009d were found in the tips of the fingers, the lines of the hand, and\\ndisappeared completely at the wrist; that these corpuscles contained the end of\\nthe important nerve fiber, and during the life of the body gave forth certain\\ncrepitations or vibrations, which ceased the moment life became extinct. I\\nhave counted,\u00e2\u0080\u009d says he, in the first phalange of the volar surface of the fore\u00c2\u00ac\\nfinger of a full-grown man, one hundred and eight corpuscles, and about four\\nhundred papillae in a square line.\u00e2\u0080\u009d\\nThese investigations were afterward followed up by experiments as to\\nthe noises or crepitations that they gave forth during life. It was demon\u00c2\u00ac\\nstrated that people with acute hearing could detect these vibrations distinct\\nand different in every human being. And in the case of a man experimented\\non in Paris, who was born blind, but whom nature had compensated by\\ngiving him a greater sense of hearing, it was found that by listening to the\\nvibrations of these corpuscles \u00e2\u0080\u009che could determine the sex, age, and tem\u00c2\u00ac\\nperament, the state of health, and even their nearness to illness and death.\u00e2\u0080\u009d\\nWe will now turn our attention to what, perhaps, as far as palmistry is\\nconcerned, may be the most important point of all, namely, as to the ideas of\\nmen of learning as regards a fluid or essence in connection with the nerves\\nand the brain.\\nOn this point Abercrombie states: The communication of perceptions\\nfrom the senses to the mind has been accounted for by motions of the\\nnervous fluid, by vibrations of the nerves, or by a subtle essence resembling\\nelectricity or galvanism.\u00e2\u0080\u009d We find that this theory has been very freely cir\u00c2\u00ac\\nculated by those who have devoted serious thought to the subject. Muller\\nalso says Perhaps there exists between the phenomena of the nervous\\nsystem and of electricity a sympathy or connection at present unknown,", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0040.jp2"}, "39": {"fulltext": "A Defense.\\n1\\nanalagous to that which has been found to exist between electricity and\\nmagnetism.\u00e2\u0080\u009d And again he says: We know not as yet whether or no, when\\nthe nerves convey an impression, an imponderable fluid flies along them with\\ninconceivable rapidity, or whether the action of the nervous system consists\\nof an imponderable principle already existent in the nerves, and placed in\\nvibration by the brain.\u00e2\u0080\u009d\\nDuring my stay in London I had the honor of knowing personally\\nProfessor Savarv d\u00e2\u0080\u0099Odiardi, a well-known French savant, who has devoted\\nthe greater part of his life to investigating the curative effect of electricity in\\ndisease. The astounding cures made by this man, through his knowledge\\nof the part that electricity plays in daily life, have made him one of the\\ngreatest living authorities on the subject.\\nDuring a conversation I had with him he also stated that he considered\\nthe nerves a kind of telegraph system in conveying the current of thought\\nfrom the brain to the body, but more especially in their connection and rela\u00c2\u00ac\\ntion to the hand.\\nHerder, in his Idees sur la Philosophic de l\u00e2\u0080\u0099Histoire de l\u00e2\u0080\u0099Humanite,\u00e2\u0080\u009d\\npublished Paris, 1827, writes also in favor of this theory. He speaks of the\\naction of the nervous fluid, which he teaches is an essence far more subtle\\nthan that of electricity, and used to convey the impressions of the brain to\\nthe nerves. All such opinions from well-known men who have devoted time\\nand thought to the subject go far to show that the influence of the mind in\\nthis or that direction must affect the lines, the nails, and in fact every portion\\nof the hand. There is nothing superstitious in such a theory; it is based\\nupon the findings of science, and has been supported by facts that are un\u00c2\u00ac\\ndisputed. After all, why should it be otherwise? According to eminent\\nauthorities like Sir Charles Bell, we find that they have demonstrated that\\nin the examination of a skeleton, a zoologist recognizes that the irregulari\u00c2\u00ac\\nties and ridges found upon the surface of the bones are the result of the\\naction and pressure of muscles and nerves\u00e2\u0080\u009d; that from the broken fragment\\nof a bone the scientist can build up the entire structure and proportions of\\nthe dead animal, his race, habits, and even the diseases he would be liable to.\\nIf such, as has been proved, can be done from the fragment of a bone, looking\\nat the subject from this standpoint alone, how much, I ask, may we not do by", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0041.jp2"}, "40": {"fulltext": "18\\nA Defense\\na careful study of the most important member of the body\u00e2\u0080\u0094the hand Is\\nthere anything absurd or ridiculous in the idea that the hand specialist (as\\nthe true palmist is) should attempt and be able to read the health, the sur\u00c2\u00ac\\nroundings of the past and present, and even the future, from an examination\\nof the hand, independent of any palmistic theory of lines to go by\\nThat the lines are not produced by work we have noted earlier. If,\\ntherefore, as has been demonstrated, they are not produced by work, they\\nlikewise are not produced by constant folding. It is true that the hands fold\\non the lines, but it is also true that lines and marks are found where no fold\u00c2\u00ac\\ning can possibly take place, and if so in one case, why not in all Again,\\nthere are many diseases (as, for example, paralysis) in which the lines\\ncompletely disappear, although the hands continue to fold as before. The\\nfolding argument, it will therefore be observed, does not hold ground.\\nAs regards the question, Is the study of phrenology and physiognomy to\\nbe considered as an aid in a cheiromantic examination? a little thought will\\nconvince the inquirer that such is not by any means necessary. A thorough\\nstudy of the hand will combine both. The hand, by its direct communication\\nwith every portion of the brain, tells not only the qualities active, but those\\ndormant, and those which will be developed. As regards physiognomy, the\\nface allows itself to be too easily controlled to be accurate in its findings, but\\nthe lines cannot be altered to suit the purposes of the moment.\\nIt is Balzac who has said, in his Comedie Humaine \u00e2\u0080\u009cWe acquire the\\nfaculty of imposing silence upon our lips, upon our eyes, upon our eyebrows,\\nand upon our foreheads; the hand alone does not dissemble\u00e2\u0080\u0094no feature is\\nmore expressive than the hand.\u00e2\u0080\u009d\\nWe will now turn to the question of the future as revealed by this study,\\nand carefully examine the reasons advanced for such a belief.\\nIn the first place, we must bear in mind that the meaning of the differ\u00c2\u00ac\\nent lines in conjunction with the different types of hands dates back to that\\nperiod already referred to when this study lay in the hands of men who\\ndevoted their lives to its cultivation. Now, as there came to be recognized a\\nnatural position for the nose or the lips on the face, so in the study of the\\nhand there came to be recognized a natural position for the line of head or\\nthe line of life, as the case might be. How such a thing was originally dis-", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0042.jp2"}, "41": {"fulltext": "A Defense.\\n19\\ncovered is not our province to determine, but that the truth of such designa\\ntions has been proved, and can be proved, will be admitted by any person who\\nwill even casually examine hands for himself. Therefore, if proved in one\\npoint that certain marks on the line of head mean this or that peculiarity\\nmentally, and that certain marks on the line of life have been proved to be\\nin relation to length of life or the reverse, the same course of observation, it\\nis not illogical to assume, that can predict illness, health, madness, and death\\nyears in advance may, if persisted in, be also accurate in its observation that\\nmarriage will occur at this or that point, with this or that result, and also in\\nregard to prosperity or the reverse. It is beyond my power to answer why\\nsuch a thing should be, but it is surely not beyond my jurisdiction to advance\\nthe following theory: That as the hidden laws of nature become more re\u00c2\u00ac\\nvealed by each century of time, so does man become more cognizant of the\\nfact that things before called mysteries are but produced by the action of\\ncertain laws that beforetime he was ignorant of. I also advance the theory\\nthat it is not possible for us to lead the isolated lives that at first sight appear\\nprobable; that as the laws which affect the entire universe affect us, so do\\nwe, as part of a whole, affect ayain those tail s and thus one another. In ex\u00c2\u00ac\\namining this question we find that the hand preaches, to a certain extent,\\nthe doctrine of fate, in its prediction of things years in advance, and in its\\nrelation to the effect of circumstances over which we have little or no control.\\nThere is here, however, a strange combination, not only interesting but\\ninstructive: man appears responsive to the dual laws\u00e2\u0080\u0099 of destiny and free\\nwill. Man has free will, I argue, but with limitations, as there are limita\u00c2\u00ac\\ntions to all other things in life\u00e2\u0080\u0094to one\u00e2\u0080\u0099s strength, to one\u00e2\u0080\u0099s height, to one\u00e2\u0080\u0099s\\nage, and so forth. Free will is the oscillation of the cylinder, which very\\noscillation drives the eternal machinery of evolution. Looking over the pages\\nor the Bible, we find destiny absolute, the purpose of God appearing in all\\nthings. Looking back over the history of the world, the fate of nations\\nstands out in grand relief upon the somber background of the past. Man be\u00c2\u00ac\\ncomes the servant of destiny. The rulers of Rome, the Grecians of Athens,\\nthe Pharaohs of the Nile, all have served their purpose and are gone. ML\\nbehold in all the slow but steady stride of evolution bearing us higher, bear\u00c2\u00ac\\ning us to perfection. Let us look back\u00e2\u0080\u0094the lessons of the past may be the", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0043.jp2"}, "42": {"fulltext": "20\\nA Defense.\\nteachers of the future. We behold an age when freedom of thought lay dying\\nbeneath the dogma of a church; we behold a bondage great as any when\\na Rama rose in Hindustan, a Moses in Egypt, or a Christ in Jerusalem a\\nmillion things lead to the one crisis\u00e2\u0080\u0094again history is repeated, again a man\\nis forced to the front. Was there anything in the appearance of that in\u00c2\u00ac\\nsignificant monk, Luther, that he should be called upon to take such a\\nresponsibility upon his shoulders Ah he was not called upon by man;\\ndestiny was again absolute\u00e2\u0080\u0094nature was one-sided, the balance had to be\\nrestored. God\u00e2\u0080\u0094nature\u00e2\u0080\u0094fate\u00e2\u0080\u0094we will not quarrel about a name\u00e2\u0080\u0094working\\nthrough the medium of hereditary laws, so fashioned a man that, standing in\\nthe niche of necessity, he was the lever upon which the fate of thousands\\ndepended. The same in the case of Napoleon, the same again in the boy\\nGeorge Washington, and as in the greater, so in the smaller; from creed to\\ncreed, from class to class, from the President to the preacher, from the\\nbanker to the gamin, all fulfil their purpose, each star within its sphere, each\\nperson, each position, all are chords and discords, notes and harmonies in the\\nsong of life, and as in the ultimate millennium of perfection will that per\u00c2\u00ac\\nfection be eternal, so shall all share the perfection of that grand harmony of\\nwhich even now we form the tones, the semi-tones, and the discords.\\nIs it hard to believe in some unseen law, some mysterious cause or power\\nthat thus shapes and controls our lives? If at first sight it seems so, we\\nmust consider the hundred and one things we have believed in with less\\nfoundation. To be consistent, we must remember the multitudinous variety\\nof religions, creeds, and theories that have not only been accepted by the\\nmasses, but have been the solid beliefs of intellectual minds. If, therefore,\\npeople can so easily believe in that which is beyond this state of life, of\\nwhich no actual facts exist, is there anything so very absurd in supporting\\na doctrine of fate, which it is logical to suppose exists, if we only take it from\\nthe standpoint of the repetition of events from natural causes On this ques\u00c2\u00ac\\ntion I would draw attention to the words of Dugald Stewart in Ins Outlines\\nof Moral Philosophy,\u00e2\u0080\u009d published 1837, in which he says: All philosophical\\ninquiry, and all that practical knowledge which guides our conduct in life,\\npresupposes such an established order in the succession of events as enables\\nus to form conjectures concerning the future from the observation of the past", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0044.jp2"}, "43": {"fulltext": "A Defense.\\n121\\nMan therefore becomes both the maker and the servant of destiny, he\\nbringing into force, by his existence alone, certain laws that react upon him\u00c2\u00ac\\nself, and, through him, upon others. The present is therefore the effect of a\\nheretofore cause; and again, the present is the cause of a hereafter effect. The\\ndeeds of the past are the karma of the present, as in the sins of the fathers,\u00e2\u0080\u009d\\nand in the effect of hereditary laws. As we, therefore, work out our own fate,\\nso do we make fate for those to follow, and so on in every degree from stage\\nto stage in the world\u00e2\u0080\u0099s progress. v\\nIt will thus be seen that instead of this doctrine becoming a dangerous\\none, it becomes the reverse. It forces men and women to realize the responsi\u00c2\u00ac\\nbility of life it teaches them to feel for others, and not to be careful alone for\\nthe salvation of self. This creed I hold would suit all classes of the com\u00c2\u00ac\\nmunity, would raise men by its unselfishness, would redeem them by its\\npersonal claim, would broaden men\u00e2\u0080\u0099s views, that where now they see but\\ndogma they would see Truth; would teach that we, the children of humanity,\\nbeing brothers and sisters, should serve one another, to the ultimate per\u00c2\u00ac\\nfection of the race, to the benefit of all life, and to the advancement of those\\nwho are yet to come.\\nThis doctrine of fate does not retard men from work, it advances them\\non the plane of work. It does not hold out a reward for work done, which,\\nafter all, is but the wage of the hireling; it gives the higher satisfaction\\nof doing one\u00e2\u0080\u0099s best, that others may be better\u00e2\u0080\u0094no more. It teaches patience\\nin trial, resignation in affliction, humbleness in success, and virtue in what\u00c2\u00ac\\never position in life it has pleased Clod (or fate) to call us.\u00e2\u0080\u009d\\nContrast this doctrine with that of free will as usually preached, and\\nwhat is the result? We find the greatest man reduced to the smallest atom\\nin the immensity of humanity. We look lower in the scale of life, we see mil\u00c2\u00ac\\nlions of beings crushing one another, living on one another, struggling with\\nall the fierceness of their freedom. There is no contentment in such a scene,\\nno peace, no beauty; not even in their religion do we find the rest which\\nafter death should be the reward of the weary.\\nOn the other hand, the true fatalist will not close his hands and wait, he\\nwill open them and work, earnestly and patiently and well, remembering\\nthat the burden he bears has been made for him to teach him to make lighter", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0045.jp2"}, "44": {"fulltext": "99\\nA Defense.\\nthe burdens of others. He will feel that he is a link in life\u00e2\u0080\u0099s chain, which\\nis eternal; that no matter how small that link may be, it still has its pur\u00c2\u00ac\\npose\u00e2\u0080\u0094to be borne with patience, to be served with honor. \u00e2\u0080\u0099Tis naught to him\\nthe clash of creeds, \u00e2\u0080\u0099tis naught the success of the moment, or the failure of\\nthe year he will do wrong in his life, as well as right\u00e2\u0080\u0094we all do; evil is as\\nnecessary as good\u00e2\u0080\u0094but he will do his best, that is all. And at the end\u00e2\u0080\u0094well,\\nthere is no end, for even if there be no life beyond, he lives again in the par\u00c2\u00ac\\nticles of clay from whence he came; but if there be a spirit, then is his spirit\\npart of the eternal spirit of all things, and so in the success of all is he suc\u00c2\u00ac\\ncessful. This is, to my mind, the doctrine of fate as preached by this study\\nof the hand; this is the creed that has been despised by the church and\\nranked as an enemy to the teachings of Hod.\u00e2\u0080\u009d What that agency or power\\nis which marks the hands may forever remain a mystery, but that does not\\nqualify us for obstinately refusing to believe in it\u00e2\u0080\u0094because ice do not know.\\nA man might as well say, I refuse to live, because I do not know all that\\nconstitutes life,\u00e2\u0080\u009d or I refuse to think, because I do not know the process of\\nthought.\u00e2\u0080\u009d There are hundreds of mysteries, even in the simple things of life,\\nthat the finite mind cannot fathom, but we cannot afford to discard them be\u00c2\u00ac\\ncause we do not know their cause. The greatest thinkers, Christian or anti-\\nchristian, have acknowledged their belief in some power beyond our control\\nthat shapes our ends, rough hew them how we will.\u00e2\u0080\u009d What can be stronger\\nthan the words of Professor Tyndall: u Life and its conditions set forth the\\noperations of an inscrutable power; w r e know not its origin, we know not its\\nend; the presumption, if not the degradation, rests with those who place upon\\nthe throne of the universe a magnified image of themselves.\u00e2\u0080\u009d\\nVoltaire has said: There is a power that acts within us without con\u00c2\u00ac\\nsulting us.\u00e2\u0080\u009d\\nAnd lastly, let me draw attention to the words of Emerson A little\\nconsideration of what takes place around us every day must show us that\\na higher law than that of our ivill regulates events\\nWe have now seen how this study has survived from age to age. We\\nhave seen how even hard-headed materialistic science brings forth facts to\\nsupport its theories. We have viewed it from a natural light, and we find it\\nnatural; we have examined it from a religious standpoint, and it is religious;", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0046.jp2"}, "45": {"fulltext": "A Defense.\\n23\\nwe find that good can be done through it, not only in its doctrines of the\\nresponsibility of life, but in its warnings, in its cautions, and in the knowledge\\nof self that it gives to all. What, then, is to be done Discard it, because of\\nopposition No, we must help it for the sake of the truth that it possesses.\\nWe must teach it to others, that its knowledge may be power. We must\\nuse it because of its use, we must support it because of its support and\\nlastly, to the man or woman who, in spite of reason, of proofs, of facts, still\\ndoubts\u00e2\u0080\u0094to such a person, using Foster\u00e2\u0080\u0099s argument against atheism as a\\nfoundation, I would say, that by taking such a position they do not do them\u00c2\u00ac\\nselves justice as reasonable or intellectual beings. And why? Because unless\\nthey know every law that controls mankind, that law that they do not know\\nmay be the one whose existence they deny. Unless they have been in every\\nportion of the universe, that portion they have not seen may contain the\\nsecret of the whole and unless they know every power that constitutes life,\\nthat power they do not know may be the very one that marks the hand.", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0047.jp2"}, "46": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0048.jp2"}, "47": {"fulltext": "CHEIRO\u00e2\u0080\u0099S LANGUAGE OF THE HAXD.\\nPART I.\u00e2\u0080\u0094OHEIROGSTOMT.\\nCHAPTER I.\\nOF THE SHAPES OF HANDS AND FINGERS.\\nPalmistry should really mean the study of the hand in its entirety. It\\nis, however, divided into two sections: the twin sciences of cheirognomy and\\ncheiromancy. The first deals with the shape of the hand and fingers, and\\nrelates to the hereditary influence of character and disposition; and the sec\u00c2\u00ac\\nond to the lines and markings of the palm, to the events of past, present, and\\nfuture.\\nIt will therefore be readily understood that the second portion of this\\nstudy cannot be complete without the first; and as in the study, so in the\\nreading of the hand\u00e2\u0080\u0094the student should first observe the shape and forma\u00c2\u00ac\\ntion, skin, nails, etc., before proceeding to judge the lines and markings of\\nthe palm. Some people consider this portion of the subject too uninteresting\\nto devote much attention to, and books on palmistry frequently ignore its\\nimportance, and commence too quickly with the more interesting details of\\ncheiromancy.\\nA little thought will, however, convince the student that such a plan is a\\nmistake, and can only result in error; that if the subject is worth any study\\nat all, it is certainly worth going into thoroughly; besides, the shape of the\\nband can be more readily observed than the lines of the jialm, and it is\\ntherefore all the more interesting, as by this means one can read the char-", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0049.jp2"}, "48": {"fulltext": "26 Cheiro s Language of the Hand.\\nacter of strangers while sitting in the railroad car, the church, the concert,\\nor the salon.\\nThe characteristics of various nations as shown by the shape of the hand\\nis also a fascinating branch of the study, and one very much overlooked.\\nLater, I will endeavor to point out the leading characteristics that I myself\\nhave observed in relation to this portion of the subject. The varying shape\\nof hands and their suitability to various kinds of occupation is also worthy\\nof note, and although by the exercise of will we can alter and make up, in a\\ncertain degree, for almost any constitutional defect, yet it is undoubtedly the\\ncase that certain types are more suited for one work than another, which is\\nthe more immediate province of cheirognomy to determine. AVe will there\u00c2\u00ac\\nfore at once proceed to consider the different types of hands with their vari\u00c2\u00ac\\nous modifications, in their relation to temperament and character.\\nThere are seven types of hands, each of which may again be subdivided\\ninto seven varieties.\\nThe seven types are:\\nI. The elementary, or the lowest type.\\nII. The square, or the useful hand.\\nIII. The spatulate, or the nervous active type.\\nIV. The philosophic, or the knotty hand.\\nV. The conic, or the artistic type.\\nVI. The psychic, or the idealistic hand.\\nVII. The mixed hand.\\nThe seven varieties are formed by the blending of the seven types.\\nAmong civilized nations the elementary being rarely found in its purity, we\\ntherefore commence with the square, divided into seven heads, as, for exam\u00c2\u00ac\\nple: the square with square fingers, short; the square with square fingers,\\nlong; the square with knotty fingers; the square with spatulate fingers; the\\nsquare with conic fingers; the square with psychic fingers; and the square\\nwith mixed fingers.", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0050.jp2"}, "49": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0051.jp2"}, "50": {"fulltext": "elementary hand.", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0052.jp2"}, "51": {"fulltext": "CHAPTER IT.\\nTHE ELEMENTARY, OR LOWEST TYPE.\\nThis hand naturally belongs to the lowest type of mentality. In appear\u00c2\u00ac\\nance it is coarse and clumsy, with large, thick, heavy palm, short fingers, and\\nshort nails (Plate I.). It is always important to notice the length of the palm\\nand fingers. Some books on palmistry state that to show intellectuality the\\nfingers should always be longer than the palm; but an examination of this\\nstatement will show that it is not correct. It has not been proved that fin\u00c2\u00ac\\ngers have been found longer than the palm. That they may be nearly as\\nlong, or as long, there can be no doubt; but it is a very rare case to find\\nthem even of the same length. When, however, in proportion to the size of\\nthe palm the fingers are long, it indicates a more intellectual nature than\\nwhen they are short. In Dr. Cairn\u00e2\u0080\u0099s work on the physiognomy of the human\\nbody, he states that the bones of the palm form, among brute animals, al\u00c2\u00ac\\nmost the whole hand.\u00e2\u0080\u009d The deduction, therefore, is that the more the palm\\ndominates the hand, the more does the animal nature rule. This is the im\u00c2\u00ac\\nportant point in the elementary hand: the palm is always thick and coarse,\\nand the fingers short and clumsy. There are also very few lines to be seen\\non the palm. The people possessing such a type have very little mental\\ncapacity, and what they do possess leans more to the order of the brute.\\nThey have little or no control over their passions; love of form, color, and\\nbeauty does not appeal to them. The thumb of such hands is short and\\nthick, with the upper part or nail phalange heavy, full, and generally square.\\nSuch people are violent in temper, passionate but not courageous. If they\\ncommit murder, it is in the fury and in the spirit of destruction. They pos\u00c2\u00ac\\nsess a certain low cunning, but the cunning of instinct, not reason. These\\nare people without aspirations; they but eat, drink, sleep, and die. (See also\\nThe Hands of Nations,\u00e2\u0080\u009d Chapter XVI.)\\n27", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0053.jp2"}, "52": {"fulltext": "CHAPTER III.\\nTHE SQUARE HAND AND ITS SUBDIVISIONS-\\nThe square hand means the palm square at the wrist, square at the base\\nof the fingers, and the fingers themselves square (Plate II.). Such a type is\\nalso called the useful, because it is found in so many walks of life. Witn\\nthis type the nails as well are generally short and square.\\nPeople with such a hand are orderly, punctual, and precise in manner,\\nnot, however, from any innate grace of nature, but more from conformity to\\ncustom and habit. They respect authority, they love discipline, they have\\na place for everything and everything is kept in its place, not only in their\\nhousehold, but in their brains.\u00e2\u0080\u0099 They respect law and order, and are slaves\\nto custom they are not quarrelsome, but are determined in opposition they\\nprefer reason to instinct, peace to war, and are methodical in work and in\\nhabit. They are endowed with great perseverance, but are tenacious, not\\nresigned; they are not enthusiastic over poetry or art; they ask for the\\nmaterial, they win success in practical things. In religion they will not go\\nto extremes; they prefer substance to show, and dogma to ideas. They are\\nnot adaptable to people, or versatile; they have little originality or imagina\u00c2\u00ac\\ntion, but in work they have great application, force of character, strength\\nof will, and often outdistance their more brilliant and inspirational rivals.\\nThey naturally love the exact sciences, and all practical study. They en\u00c2\u00ac\\ncourage agriculture and commerce; they love home and the duties of\\nhome, but are not demonstrative in affection. They are sincere and true in\\npromises, stanch in friendship, strong in principle, and honest in business.\\nTheir greatest fault is that they are inclined to reason by a twelve-inch rule,\\nand disbelieve all they cannot understand.", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0054.jp2"}, "53": {"fulltext": "Plate 11.\u00e2\u0080\u0094THE SQUARE, CR USEFUL HAND.", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0055.jp2"}, "54": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0056.jp2"}, "55": {"fulltext": "The Square Hand and its Subdivisions.\\n29\\nTHE SQUARE HAND WITH SHORT SQUARE FINGERS.\\nThis peculiarity is very often found, and very easily recognized. The\\nsubject with such a type is materialistic in every sense of the term. He\\nwould be the kind of man who would say: Except I hear with my ears and\\nsee with my eyes, I cannot believe.\u00e2\u0080\u009d And even then I very much doubt if\\nsuch a man would be convinced. It also denotes an obstinate kind of na\u00c2\u00ac\\nture, as a rule, narrow-minded. These people make money, but by plodding;\\nthey may not be miserly, but they are business-like and practical; they like\\nto accumulate wealth; it is the material they seek.\\nTHE SQUARE HAND WITH LONG SQUARE FINGERS.\\nThe next modification is the scpiare hand with very long fingers. This\\ndenotes a greater development of mentality than the square hand with short\\nringers. It denotes logic and method, but in a greater degree than possessed\\nby the purely square type, which, tied down by rule and custom, must follow\\nthe I 3aten track. This hand, on the contrary, though submitting everything\\nto scientific examination, will not be so influenced by prejudice, but will pro\u00c2\u00ac\\nceed cautiously and thoroughly to logical-conclusions, and will find its voca\u00c2\u00ac\\ntion in a scientific career, or in one involving logic and reason.\\nTHE SQUARE HAND WITH KNOTTY FINGERS.\\nThis type is generally found with long fingers, and gives, in the first\\nplace, extreme love of detail. It is also fond of construction; it builds plans\\nfrom any given point to any known possibility; it may not produce great\\ninventors, but it will produce good architects, mathematicians, and calcula\u00c2\u00ac\\ntors, and if it applies itself to medical work, or to science of any kind, it will\\nchoose some specialty and use its love of detail in the perfection of its own\\nparticular study.\\nTHE SQUARE HAND WITH SPATULATE FINGERS.\\nThis is the hand of invention, but always on practical lines. Men with\\nthis formation run the gamut in invention, but on a practical plane. They", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0057.jp2"}, "56": {"fulltext": "30\\nChtiro s Language of the Hand.\\nmake useful things, instruments, and household articles, and are, as well,\\ngood engineers. They love mechanical work of almost every kind, and the\\niinest useful mechanism has been turned out by men with the square hand\\nand the spatulate fingers.\\nTHE SQUARE HAND WITH CONIC FINGERS.\\nNow, though at first sight it may appear strange to say that musical\\ncomposition comes under this head, yet a little consideration will show that\\nsuch not only is the case, but that there is a logical reason that it should be\\nso. In the first place, the square hand is more the hand of the student. It\\ngives more the power of application and continuity of effort, while the conic\\nfingers give the intuitive and inspirational faculties. The musical composer,\\nno matter how imaginative, no matter how inspired in ideas, is certainly not\\nwithout the student\u00e2\u0080\u0099s side to his character. If we consider, for a moment,\\nthe quality of brain and the disposition which is absolutely necessary, we\\nwill understand more clearly why the hand must be thus wonderfully bal\u00c2\u00ac\\nanced\u00e2\u0080\u0094why the inspirational, imaginative nature must be linked to that of\\nthe thoughtful, the solid, the methodical, and that which also proceeds from\\nthe foundation of the known\u00e2\u0080\u0094as, for instance, harmony and counterpoint\u00e2\u0080\u0094\\nto reach the world of the unknown, through the gates of imagination and\\nidealism. I have given great study to the hands of musical people, and I\\nfind this rule invariable. I find that the same also applies to literary people,\\nthose who from the foundation of study build up the ivy-clad towers of ro\u00c2\u00ac\\nmance. It is here that the student of palmistry is often discouraged. He\\nimagines that because a man or woman leads an artistic life, be it musical\\nor literary, that the shape of the hand must be what is commonly called the\\nconic or artistic; but the smallest observation of life will show that though\\nthe people with the jiurely conic or artistic hands have the artistic nature\\nand the appreciation of what is artistic, yet they may not have\u00e2\u0080\u0094and I have\\nmore often observed that they have not\u00e2\u0080\u0094the power or the ability to bring\\ntheir ideas before the world in the same masterful way in which the mixed\\nsquare and conic do. A man of a very artistic spirit, with the conic hand,\\nonce said to me: It is sufficient for the artist to be the artist to his own\\ninner nature; the approbation of the world is, after all, only the vulgar hall-", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0058.jp2"}, "57": {"fulltext": "The Square Hand and its Subdivisions.\\n31\\nmark on what he knows is gold.\u00e2\u0080\u009d \u00e2\u0080\u009cYes,\u00e2\u0080\u009d I reply, \u00e2\u0080\u009csufficient for your own\\nnature, perhaps, but not sufficient for the world that expects the diamond\\nto shine and the gold to glitter. If the flower made itself, then might it re\u00c2\u00ac\\nfuse to allow its perfume to scent the earth.\u00e2\u0080\u009d On the contrary, the square\\ntype will exert its powers to the greatest advantage of all mankind.\\nTHE SQUARE HAND AND PSYCHIC FINGERS.\\nThe square hand with purely psychic fingers is rarely found, but an ap\u00c2\u00ac\\nproach to it is often seen in the form of the square palm combined with long,\\npointed fingers and long nails. Such a formation causes people to start well,\\nand mean well, but makes them subservient to every mood and caprice. An\\nartist with such a type will have a studio of unfinished pictures, and the busi\u00c2\u00ac\\nness man will have his office filled with unfinished plans. Such a blending of\\ntypes the extreme opposite of each other makes a nature too contradictory\\nto ever succeed.\\nTHE SQUARE HAND AND MIXED FINGERS.\\nThis is a type that is very often seen, and more so among men than\\namong women. It consists of every finger being different in shape, some\u00c2\u00ac\\ntimes two or three, sometimes all. It is often found that the thumb of such\\na hand is supple, or bends back very much in the middle joint; the first finger\\nis generally pointed, the second square, the third spatulate, and the fourth\\npointed. Such a hand indicates great versatility of ideas; at times such a\\nman will be full of inspiration, again he will be scientific and extremely log\u00c2\u00ac\\nical he will descend from the most imaginative idea to the most practical;\\nhe will discuss any subject with the greatest ease; but from want of con\u00c2\u00ac\\ntinuity of purpose, he will rarely, if ever, rise to any great height of power or\\nsuccess.\\nI have not space at my disposal to thus give the subdivisions of every\\ntype, but this is an example for the student of how the seven types may be\\ndivided.", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0059.jp2"}, "58": {"fulltext": "CHAPTER IV.\\nTHE SPATULATE HAND.\\nThe spatulate hand is so called not only because the tip of each finger\\nresembles the spatula that chemists use in mortars, but also because the palm,\\ninstead of having the squareness of the preceding type, is either unusually\\nbroad at the wrist or at the base of the fingers (Plate III.).\\nWhen the greater breadth of formation is at the wrist, the palm of the\\nhand becomes pointed toward the fingers; when, on the contrary, the great\u00c2\u00ac\\nest breadth is found at the base of the fingers, the shape of the hand slopes\\nback toward the wrist. We will discuss these two points a little later, but\\nwe must first consider the significance of the spatulate hand itself.\\nIn the first place, the spatulate hand, when hard and firm, indicates a\\nnature restless and excitable, but full of energy of purpose and enthusiasm.\\nWhen soft and flabby, which is often the case, it denotes the restless but\\nirritable spirit. Such a person works in fits and starts, but cannot stick\\nto anything long. \u00e2\u0080\u0098Now, in the first place, the peculiar attribute that the\\nspatulate hand has is its intense love of action, energy, and independence.\\nIt belongs to the great navigators, explorers, discoverers, and also the\\ngreat engineers and mechanics, but it is by no means confined to such\\npeople, and may be found in almost every walk of life. As a rule, it is a\\nlarge hand, with fairly long, well-developed fingers. The most striking\\ncharacteristic of all is the singular independence of spirit that characterizes\\nindividuals possessing such a development. It is doubtless this spirit that\\nmakes them explorers and discoverers, and causes them also to depart from\\nthe known rules of engineering and mechanics to seek the unknown, and\\nthus become famous for their invention. No matter in what grade or\\nposition in life these spatulate hands find themselves, they always in some\\nform strike out for themselves, and assert their right to possess a marked in-\\n32", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0060.jp2"}, "59": {"fulltext": "Plate III.\u00e2\u0080\u0094THE SPATULATE. OR ACTIVE HAND\u00e2\u0080\u009e", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0061.jp2"}, "60": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0062.jp2"}, "61": {"fulltext": "33\\nThe Spatulate Hand.\\ndividuality of tlieir own. A singer, actress, doctor, or preacher with such a\\ndevelopment will break all rules of precedent\u00e2\u0080\u0094not by any means for the sake\\nof eccentricity, but simply because they have an original way of looking at\\ntilings, and their sense of independence inclines them to resent suiting their\\nbrain to other people\u00e2\u0080\u0099s ideas. It is from this hand that we get not only\\nour great discoverers and engineers, but also the wdiole army of men and\\nwomen we are pleased to call cranks, simply because they will not follow the\\nrut made by the centuries of sheep that have gone before them. v Such men\\nand women with the spatulate hands are the advance agents of thought. They\\nare, it is true, very often before their time; they are often wrong in the way\\nthey set about their work but they are, as a rule, the heralds of some new\\nthought or life that will, years later, give life to their fellow-men.\\nThis brings us down to the two divisions I have just mentioned. We will\\nnow consider their meaning.\\nThe spatulate hand with the broad development at the base of the fingers\\nis the more practical of the two. If he be an inventor, he will use his talents\\nfor making locomotives, ships, railways, and all the more useful things of life,\\nfor the simple reason that he comes nearer the formation of the square type.\\nBut if he has the greater angular development at the wrist, his bent will be\\nfor action in the domain of ideas. He will invent flying-machines if he has\\nthe inventive talent, hunt for new flowers if he be a botanist, be the demigod\\nof some new gospel if he be a priest. These people wonder that God took six\\ndays to make the earth\u00e2\u0080\u0094with the little power that they possess they would\\nrevolutionize the world in a day. But they all have their purpose in the\\nevolution of life; they are necessary, therefore they are created.", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0063.jp2"}, "62": {"fulltext": "CHAPTER V.\\nTHE PHILOSOPHIC HAND.\\nThe name of this type explains itself, the word philosophic being de\u00c2\u00ac\\nrived from the Greek pliilos love, and sophia, wisdom. This shape of hand\\nis easily recognized it is generally long and angular, with bony fiugers, devel\u00c2\u00ac\\noped joints, and long nails (Plate IV.). As far as success in the form of wealth\\nis concerned, it is not a favorable type to have; it gleans wisdom, rarely, if\\never, gold. People with such a type are, as a rule, students, but of peculiar\\nsubjects. They study mankind they know every chord and tone in the harp\\nof life; they play upon it, and are gratified with its responsive melody more\\nthan with the clink of coin. In this way they have as much ambition as\\nother types of humanity, only theirs is of a different kind, that is all. They\\nlike to be distinct from other people, and they will go through all kinds of\\nprivations to attain this end; but as knowledge gives power, so does the\\nknowledge of mankind give power over man. Such people love mystery in\\nall things. If they preach, they preach over the heads of the people if they\\npaint, they are mystic; if they are poets, they discard the dramatic clash and\\ncolor of life for the visionary similes^and vaporish drapings of the spirit.\\nTheirs is the peace of the aesthetic; theirs the domain beyond the borderland\\nof matter; theirs the cloudland of thought, where the dreaded grub-worm\\nof materialism dare not follow. Such hands are found very largely among\\nthe Oriental nations, particularly in India. The Brahmans, Yogis, and other\\nmystics possess them in great numbers. In England, striking examples are\\nfound in the hands of Cardinal Newman, Cardinal Manning, and Tennyson.\\nThey are also largely seen among the Jesuits of the Catholic Church, rarely\\nin the English Church, and more rarely still in Baptists, Presbyterians, and\\nIndependents. In character they are silent and secretive; they are deep\\nthinkers, careful over little matters, even in the use of little words; they are\\n34\\n.1", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0064.jp2"}, "63": {"fulltext": "Plate IV.\u00e2\u0080\u0094THE KNOTTY, OR PHILOSOPHIC HAND,", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0065.jp2"}, "64": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0066.jp2"}, "65": {"fulltext": "The Philosophic Hand.\\nproud with the pride of being different from others; they rarely forget an\\ninjury, but they are patient with the patience of power. They wait for\\nopportunities, and so opportunities serve them. Such hands are generally\\negotistical, which is in keeping with the life they lead. When in any excess\\nof development they are more or less fanatical in religion or mysticism. Of\\nthis the most wonderful examples are found in the East, where from the\\nearliest childhood the Yogi will separate himself from all claims of relation\u00c2\u00ac\\nship and kindred, and starve and kill the body that the soul may live. I\\ndiffer in my definition of this type very largely from the modern writers on\\npalmistry. I fear it has been too often the case that the writer on this sub\u00c2\u00ac\\nject has followed too closely what other authorities have said, without taking\\nthe trouble to follow out his own observations. The greatest injury that has\\nbeen done to palmistry has been done in the nineteenth century, by the\\nu lady and gentleman writers of the day. Such people read a few books,\\ndevote sometimes a few months, sometimes less, to the study as a fad, or as\\nsomething by which to make a tinsel reputation of being interesting, then\\nthey write their names to a book and disappear into the whirl of society from\\nwhence they came. Only this week I read a pamphlet written by a lady who\\neight months ago did not know a line on the hand, but to-day she comes for\u00c2\u00ac\\nward as an exponent of palmistry, and, having mixed up the types in her\\nbrain, writes that the square hand with short fingers is the hand of poetry\\nand idealism. In this work I have endeavored to keep an unbiased minu\\ntoward the difference of opinion on this or that in connection with the study.\\nWhen I have come in contact with an opinion in opposition to my own.\\nI have carefully considered all points for and against, and before deciding in\\nany direction I have taken time to examine often hundreds of hands before\\ncoming to a conclusion on even the smallest point. W hen one considers tiie\\nopportunities placed at my disposal, not only in one country, but in almost\\nevery country in the world, he will more readily understand that there is some\\nlikelihood of my being, not infallible, but fairly accurate.\\nWith these hands, therefore, it must be borne in mind that the developed\\njoints are the peculiar characteristic of thoughtful people, while the smooth,\\npointed fingers are the reverse. Again, such a development gives the love of\\nanalyzing, but it is the shape or type of hand which determines whether that", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0067.jp2"}, "66": {"fulltext": "36\\nCheiro s Language of the Hand.\\npower of analysis be for chemicals or for mankind. The end of the finger\\nbeing square and conic combined gives the solemn tone to their inspiration\\nand fits them specially for the religions thought or the mysticism with which,\\nas a rule, they become associated. Again, these hands, in the pursuit of what\\nthey consider truth, will have the patience of the square type, with that love\\nof self-martvrdom which is the characteristic of the conic. It is the blending\\nof these almost opposite characteristics which brings about the peculiar ideas\\nthat make men and women with the philosophic type of hands so different\\nfrom the practical drones in the vast hive of humanity.", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0068.jp2"}, "67": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0069.jp2"}, "68": {"fulltext": "Plate V.\u00e2\u0080\u0094THE CONIC. OR ARTISTIC HAND,", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0070.jp2"}, "69": {"fulltext": "CHAPTER VI.\\nTHE CONIC HAND.\\nThe conic hand, properly speaking, is medium-sized, the palm slightly\\ntapering, and the fingers full at the base, and conic, or slightly pointed, at the\\ntip or nail phalange (Plate V.). It is often confounded with the next type,\\nthe psychic, which is the long, narrow hand, with extremely long, tapering\\nfingers.\\nThe main characteristics of the conic hand are impulse and instinct.\\nPeople with the conic hand are often, in fact, designated \u00e2\u0080\u009cthe children\\nof impulse.\u00e2\u0080\u009d There is a great variety in connection with this type, but it is\\nmore usually found as a full, soft hand, with pointed fingers, and rather long\\nnails. Such a formation denotes an artistic, impulsive nature, but one in\\nwhich love of luxury and indolence predominate. The great fault with\\npeople possessing this type is, that though they may be clever and quick in\\nthought and ideas, yet they are so utterly devoid of patience and tire so\\neasily, that they rarely, if ever, carry out their intentions. Such people appear\\nto their greatest advantage in company, or before strangers. They are good\\nconversationalists, they grasp the drift of a subject quickly, but they are\\nmore or less superficial in knowledge, as also in other things; they have not\\nthe power of the student, through want of application; they do not reason,\\nthey judge by impulse and instinct. It is that quality which makes them\\nchangeable in friendship and affection; one can easily offend them over little\\nthings. They are also very much influenced by the people they come in con\u00c2\u00ac\\ntact with, and by their surroundings. They are impressionable in affaires de\\ncceur; they carry their likes and dislikes to extremes; they are usually quick\u00c2\u00ac\\ntempered, but temper with them is but a thing of the moment. They, how\u00c2\u00ac\\never, when out of temper, speak their mind plainly, and are too impetuous to\\nstudy words or expressions. They are always generous and sympathetic,\\n37", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0071.jp2"}, "70": {"fulltext": "38\\nCheiro\u00e2\u0080\u0099s Language of the Hand.\\nselfish where their own personal comfort is concerned, it is true, but not in\\nmoney matters; they are easily influenced to give money for charity, but,\\nalas here they have not the power of discrimination, consequently the money\\nis given to anybody or anything which may rouse their sympathies at the\\nmoment. These hands never get that credit for charity which falls to the\\nlot of the more practical types. To get credit for charity very often consists\\nm saving what we give to the beggar and giving it to the church, but the conic\\nfingers never think of that. The beggar comes, and if the impulse to give is\\nthere\u00e2\u0080\u0094well, they give, and that is all.\\nThis interesting type has been called, and deservedly so, the artistic, but\\nsuch relates more to temperament than to the carrying out of the artistic\\nideas. It would really be more correct to say that the owners of such hands\\nare influenced by the artistic, than that they are artistic. They are more\\neasily influenced by color, music, eloquence, tears, joy, or sorrow, than any\\nother type. Men and women possessing this class of hand respond quickly to\\nsympathetic influences; they are emotional, and rise to the greatest heights\\nof rapture, or descend to the lowest depths of despair, over any trifle.\\nWhen the conic hand is hard and elastic, it denotes all the good qualities\\nof the first-mentioned, but accentuated by greater energy and firmness of will.\\nThe conic hand hard is artistic in nature, and if encouraged for an artistic\\nlife the energy and determination will go far toward making success. It\\nwill have all the quickness of the first, with all the brilliancy and sparkle in\\ncompany and before strangers, and it is for that reason that the conic hand\\nhas been chosen to represent those who lead a public life, such as actors,\\nactresses, singers, orators, and all those who follow a purely emotional\\ncareer. But it must not be forgotten that such people depend more upon\\nthe inspirational feeling of the moment than thought, reason, or study.\\nThey will do things well, but will not know why or how they do them.\\nThe singer will carry away her audience by her own individuality more\\nthan by study of the song; the actress, from her own emotional nature, will\\nstir the emotions of others; and the orator will move multitudes by the elo\u00c2\u00ac\\nquence of his tongue\u00e2\u0080\u0094not by the logic of his words. It must, therefore, be\\nremembered that the type of hand but relates to the natural temperament\\nand disposition of the individual; it is the foundation upon which the talent", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0072.jp2"}, "71": {"fulltext": "39\\nThe Conic Hand.\\nrises or falls. For instance, a woman with square fingers can be as great a\\nsinger, and may often be capable of rising to greater things than the\\nwoman with the pointed formation; but she will reach that point by differ\u00c2\u00ac\\nent means\u00e2\u0080\u0094by her application, by her study, by her conscientious work, and\\nby the greater power of endurance and patience that she possesses. Study\\nand development are one half the ladder of fame. Genius sits on the rungs\\nto dream, Study works and rises rung by rung; it is the earthworms alone\\nwho, dazzled by the heights above them, confound the two, and oft crown\\nStudy and call it Genius. The artistic type as a type but relates to tem\u00c2\u00ac\\nperament the variety of fingers indicates only where that temperament is\\nstrongest: as, for instance, the artistic hand with square fingers indicates\\nmore the student, and, consequently, more exactness in foundation, method,\\nand correctness; such persons will try and try again until they are successful.\\nThe spatulate fingers on the artistic hand will give, say, to a painter\\nthe greater breadth of design and color, the more daring ideas that will make\\nthe man famous for his originality. The philosophic will give the mystical\\ntreatment of the idea\u00e2\u0080\u0094the tones and semitones that subdue the already sub\u00c2\u00ac\\ndued colors. The lights and shades that creep across the canvas, the poem in\\nthe petals of the asphodel, the Benedictus in the hands that soothe the dying\u00e2\u0080\u0094\\nall will be detail, but detail leading to the regions of the spirit; all will be\\ncalm, but with that calmness that awes one with the sense of the mysterious.\\nis:", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0073.jp2"}, "72": {"fulltext": "CHAPTER VII.\\nTHE PSYCHIC HAND.\\nThe most beautiful but the most unfortunate of the seven is what is\\nknown as the psychic (Plate VI.). This in its purity of type is a very rare\\nhand to find. The name explains itself\u00e2\u0080\u0094that which appertains to the soul.\\nThe very word seems to suggest to one\u00e2\u0080\u0099s mind the old fable of the envy of\\nVenus toward the maiden Psyche\u00e2\u0080\u0094the war of the goddess of passion against\\nthe more spiritual charm of the daughter of the soul. In its pureness of type\\nit is a hard hand to find: nineteenth-century civilization does not encourage\\nsuch rare flowers of lily whiteness and icy purity; the calmness, coldness,\\nand dreamy cliastety of such a type are not sought after by the present-day\\nsons of the soil, whose heads are bowed in the quest for gold, and whose\\noiood is heated by the closeness of the cattle. But although the exact type\\nmay be hard to find, yet there are hundreds of men and women who so ap\u00c2\u00ac\\nproach the psychic that they must be considered part of it, particularly\\nwhen the customs that control our present-day life are taken into consider\u00c2\u00ac\\nation. The psychic is the most beautiful hand of all. It is in formation\\nlong, narrow, and fragile-looking, with slender, tapering fingers and long,\\nalmond-shaped nails. Its very fineness and beauty, however, indicate its\\nwant of energy and strength, and one instinctively pities such hands if they\\nhave to try to hold their own in the battle of life.\\nIndividuals with the psychic hand have the purely visionary, idealistic\\nnature. They appreciate the beautiful in every shape and form; they are\\ngentle in manner, quiet in temper; they are confiding, and they instinctively\\ntrust every one who is kind to them. They have no idea of how to be prac\u00c2\u00ac\\ntical, business-like, or logical; they have no conception of order, punctu\u00c2\u00ac\\nality, or discipline they are easily influenced by others; against their will,\\nthey are carried away by the strong rush of humanity. Color appeals to\\n40", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0074.jp2"}, "73": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0075.jp2"}, "74": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0076.jp2"}, "75": {"fulltext": "The Psychic Hand.\\n41\\nthis nature in the highest possible way; to some, every tone of music, every\\njoy, every sorrow, every emotion is reflected in a color. This type is uncon\u00c2\u00ac\\nsciously a religious one; it feels what is true, but has not the power to seek\\ntruth. In religion such people will be more impressed with the service, the\\nmusic, and the ceremony than with the logic or truth of the sermon. They\\nare innately devotional, they seem to dwell on the confines of the spiritual,\\nthey feel the awe and the mystery of life, without knowing why. All forms\\nof magic and mystery attract them; they are easily imposed upon, and yet\\nbitterly resent being deceived. These individuals have the intuitive faculties\\nhighly developed; they are good as sensitives, mediums, clairvoyants, because\\nthey are more alive to feelings, instincts, and impressions than are their more\\nmatter-of-fact brothers and sisters.\\nParents having such children generally do not at all understand how to\\ntreat them. The strange thing is that they are often the offspring of matter-\\nof-fact, practical people. The only way in which I would account for such\\na fact is by the theory of balance: nature, working through hereditary laws,\\nfinds a point of balance by producing the direct opposite of the parent; thus\\nthe law of reaction produces the type under examination. Alas! too often\\na temperament of this kind, by the ignorance and stupidity of the parents,\\nis forced into some business life, simply because the father is in business.\\nThe utter wrongness of the life so crushes and dwarfs the nature that very\\noften the result of such environment is insanity or an early grave. There is\\nno question but that the asylums of the world are largely filled by the utter\\ninability of parents for such a position of responsibility; and the sooner this\\nfact is recognized, the better.\\nPossessors of these beautiful, delicate hands, the indicators of the purely\\nsensitive nature, usually feel their position in life so keenly that they too\\noften consider themselves useless, and become morbid and melancholy in\\nconsequence. Such, however, is not the case; there is nothing useless that\\nnature calls into creation; the beauty and sweetness of such temperaments\\nare often of more use and do more good than those who, by the accumula\u00c2\u00ac\\ntion of this world\u00e2\u0080\u0099s goods, build a convent or endow a church. They may be\\nplaced here to establish a balance in the laws of humanity; they may be here\\nto increase our love and appreciation of the beautiful; but they are not use", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0077.jp2"}, "76": {"fulltext": "42\\nClieiro\u00e2\u0080\u0099s Language of the Hand.\\nless\u00e2\u0080\u0094of that we may be assured; therefore let us encourage and help them,\\ninstead of crushing and destroying them as we too often do. Alas! in the\\nworldly sense they are generally left far behind in the race for fame and\\nfortune. I cannot refrain from drawing the following picture, as illustrative\\nof such types:\\nThey are as lilies thrown, by some ruthless hand, upon the tempest-tossed\\nriver of life\u00e2\u0080\u0094they seem so helpless in the onward sweep of that terrible cur\u00c2\u00ac\\nrent. One sees them at times clinging to the banks for pity. Ah! those\\nbeautiful hands have no strength; they are swept on again by the rising tide\\nof bubbling, babbling, frothy humanity. A little lower, one sees them, soiled\\nand stained, crouching beneath the shadow of some rock, trying, as it were,\\nto look happy amid the weeds that for a moment mock the stream. Again,\\nit is the rush of the onward tide or the wash of some passing barge that\\ndrags them from the shelter of the stone and hurries them nearer and nearer\\nto the sea. The river is broader now, quieter, calmer, wider: we expand in\\nour views as we leave the narrow banks of youth. See, now, as the night\\nis nearing, how those lilies rest and dream upon the tide. The river is silent\\nnow, the rush is past, the day of life is done. See how it bears the broken\\nflowers tenderly, as if sorry for the roughness of its early tide. All is quiet\\nnow, all is calm. Wider and wider yet it grows, calmer and yet still calmer.\\nThe end has come. The mists fall now, thicker and closer and whiter. How\\nstill it is! The silence hangs like a coldness on the heart. The river widens\\nout into the sea, and lilies and flowers and weeds drift\u00e2\u0080\u0094it may be to the\\ngarden of God.", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0078.jp2"}, "77": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0079.jp2"}, "78": {"fulltext": "Plate VII.\u00e2\u0080\u0094THE MIXED HAND,", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0080.jp2"}, "79": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0081.jp2"}, "80": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0082.jp2"}, "81": {"fulltext": "CHAPTER VIII.\\nTHE MIXED HAND.\\nThe mixed baud is the most difficult of all to describe. In the chajAei\\non the square I gave an illustration of that type with mixed fingers. In\\nthat case, however, the mixed fingers have the foundation of the square\\nhand, whereas with the true mixed type no such foundation can be cited for\\nthe student\u00e2\u0080\u0099s guidance.\\nThe mixed type is so called because the hand cannot possibly be classed\\nas square, spatulate, conic, philosophic, or psychic; the fingers also belong\\nto different types\u00e2\u0080\u0094often one pointed, one square, one spatulate, one philo\u00c2\u00ac\\nsophic, etc.\\nThe mixed hand is the hand Of ideas, of versatility, and generally of\\nchangeability of purpose. A man with such a hand is adaptable to both\\npeople and circumstances, clever, but erratic in the application of his talents.\\nHe will be brilliant in conversation, be the subject science, art, or gossip.\\nHe may play some instrument fairly well, may paint a little, and so on; but\\nrarely will he be great. When, however, a strong line of head rules the hand,\\nhe will, of all his talents, choose the best, and add to it the brilliancy and\\nversatility of the others. Such hands find their greatest scope in work re\u00c2\u00ac\\nquiring diplomacy and tact. They are so versatile that they have no diffi\u00c2\u00ac\\nculty in getting on with the different dispositions with which they come into\\ncontact. Their most striking peculiarity is their adaptability to circum\u00c2\u00ac\\nstances: they never feel the ups and downs of fortune like others; almost\\nall classes of work are easy to them. They are generally inventive, partic-\\nularlv if they can thereby relieve themselves of labor. Tliev are restless\\nand do not remain long in any town or place. They are fond of new ideas\\none moment they determine to write a drama, the next, perhaps, they invent\\na gas-stove or go into politics; but as they are always changing, and un-\\n43", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0083.jp2"}, "82": {"fulltext": "44\\nClieiro s Language of the Hand.\\nstable as water, they rarely succeed. It must be remembered that when the\\npalm belongs to a certain type these characteristics are much modified; as,\\nfor instance, mixed fingers on the square, the spatulate, the philosophic, or\\nthe conic will often succeed where the pure development of the type would\\nfail. AVhen the entire hand is mixed it is then that, through versatility of\\ntalent and purpose, the subject is inclined to become the \u00e2\u0080\u009cJack of all trades,\u00e2\u0080\u009d\\nto which class of unfortunates the individual possessing this type of hand is\\nso commonly relegated in works on palmistry.", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0084.jp2"}, "83": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0085.jp2"}, "84": {"fulltext": "1\\nSUPPLE-JOINTED THUME.\\nFIRM-JOINTED THUM3\\nCVs* \u00e2\u0080\u009cb\\ni \\\\0 *1\\n(Vo V", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0086.jp2"}, "85": {"fulltext": "CHAPTER IX.\\nTHE THUMB.\\nThe thumb is in every sense so important that it calls for special atten\u00c2\u00ac\\ntion, not only in the domain of clieirognomy, but also in its relation to cheiro\u00c2\u00ac\\nmancy. The truth of palmistry could rest upon the solid foundation given\\nby the study of the thumb alone, in its relation to the most important char\u00c2\u00ac\\nacteristics of the subject.\\nIn every age the thumb has played a conspicuous part, not only in the\\nhand, but also in the world itself. It is a well-known fact that among many\\nof the tribes of Oriental nations, if the prisoner, when brought before his\\ncaptors, cover his thumb by his fingers, he is in this dumb but eloquent\\nfashion giving up his will and independence, and begging for mercy. We\\nfind in the war annals of the children of Israel instances of their cutting off\\nthe thumbs of their enemies. Gipsies, in their judgment of character, make\\nthe thumb the great foundation for all their remarks. Being interested with\\ngipsies in my early life, I know this for a fact, for I have seen and watched\\nthem from the position, angle, and general appearance of the thumb make\\ntheir calculations accordingly. In India they have a variety of systems by\\nwhich they read the hand, but here, again, they make the thumb the center\\nand foundation, no matter what system they work out. The Chinese also be\u00c2\u00ac\\nlieve in palmistry, and they, too, base their remarks on the position of the\\nthumb itself. Again, it is an interesting fact to notice that even in Chris\u00c2\u00ac\\ntianity the thumb has played an important role, the thumb representing\\nGod; the first finger Christ, the indicator of the will of God, and the only\\nfinger on the hand that has, by virtue of its position, the power to point, or\\nto stand upright independent of the rest; the second representing the Holy\\nGhost, as the attendant to the first. In the Greek church the bishop alone\\ngives the blessing by the thumb and first and second fingers, representing the\\n45", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0087.jp2"}, "86": {"fulltext": "46\\nCheiro s Language of the Hand.\\nTrinity; tlie ordinary priest lias to use the whole hand. And, again, in the\\nold ritual of the English church, we find that in baptism the cross must be\\nmade by the thumb.\\nI do not wish to tire my readers by going into a lengthy dissertation\\nupon the medical points which could be given by the hundred in proof of\\nthe importance of this member; but the most significant of all is that which\\nrelates to what is known in medical work as the \u00e2\u0080\u009cthumb center\u00e2\u0080\u009d of the brain.\\nIt is a well-known fact among the specialists of nerve diseases that by an ex\u00c2\u00ac\\namination of the thumb they can tell if the patient is affected or is likely to\\nbe affected by paralysis or not, as the thumb will indicate such a likelihood a\\nlong time before there has appeared the slightest trace of such a disease in\\nany other part of the system. If it indicate such an affection, an operation\\nis at once performed on the thumb center of the brain, and if that operation\\nis successful (which is again shown by the thumb) they have baffled the dis\u00c2\u00ac\\nease and the patient is saved. And yet, in face of this, which is a well-\\nknown fact, there still are people who do not believe in the study of the hand.\\nWithin the last few years Dr. Francis Gfalton has demonstrated in London\\nthe marvelous accuracy by which criminals can be traced by the study of\\nthe corrugations of the skin of the thumb. Hn passant, the English govern\u00c2\u00ac\\nment thought well of the idea, and even proposed to put it into practice\u00e2\u0080\u0094and\\nyet that very government arrested and prosecuted palmists during the same\\nyear in almost every part of the country. Justice is indeed blind. Another\\nvery interesting point is the old idea of the midwives\u00e2\u0080\u0094an idea, by the way, that\\ncan easily be seen to contain a good deal of truth. They believed that if the\\nchild some days after birth was inclined to keep the thumb inside the fingers,\\nit foreshadowed great physical delicacy, but if, seven days after birth, the\\nthumb was still covered, then there was good reason to suspect that the child\\nwould be delicate mentally. If one will visit the asylums of the country, he\\ncannot fail to notice that all congenital idiots have very weak, poor thumbs;\\nin fact, some are so weak as not to be properly developed, even in shape. All\\nweak-minded individuals have weak thumbs, and the man or woman who will\\nstand talking with the fingers covering and concealing the thumb has little\\nself-confidence or self-reliance. It is an interesting thing to watch the hands\\nof people when dying. One will see that, as death approaches and the", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0088.jp2"}, "87": {"fulltext": "The Thumb.\\n47\\nreason goes, the thumb loses all power and drops in on the hand, but\\nthat if the reason has only faded temporarily the thumb still retains its\\npower and there is every hope of life. It is D\u00e2\u0080\u0099Arpentigny who has said,\\nThe thumb individualizes the man.\u00e2\u0080\u009d This is remarkably true, particularly\\nwhen one follows out Sir Charles Bell\u00e2\u0080\u0099s discovery that in the hand of the\\nchimpanzee, which is the nearest approach to the human, though well formed\\nin every way, yet the thumb, if measured, does not reach the base of the first\\nfinger. The deduction to be made is, therefore, that the higher and better-\\nproportioned the thumb, the more the intellectual faculties rule, and vice\\nversa. This point the student will prove by the most casual observation.\\nThe man with the short, clumsy, thick-set thumb is coarse and brutish in his\\nideas and animal in his instincts, while the man or woman with the lonsr,\\nwell-shaped thumb is intellectual and refined, and in the attainment of a\\ndesire, or the carrying out of an object, such a person will use the strength\\nof intellectual will, as opposed to that of brute force, which will be applied by\\nthe man with the thick, short formation. The thumb, therefore, should be\\nlong and firm upon the hand. It should not stand at right angles to the\\npalm, nor yet should it lie too close to the side. It should have a slope to\u00c2\u00ac\\nward the fingers, and yet not lie down on them. When it stands off the\\nhand, at right angles to it, the nature will fly to extremes, from sheer in-\\ndependence of spirit. It will be impossible to manage or control such natures;\\nthey will brook no opposition, and the} will be inclined to the aggressive in\\ntheir manner and bearing. When the thumb is well formed, but lying down,\\ncramped toward the fingers, it indicates the utter want of independence of\\nspirit. It denotes a nervous, timorous, but cautious nature; it will be impos\u00c2\u00ac\\nsible to find out what such a person is thinking about or what he intends\\nto do; he cannot be outspoken, because his nature is the reverse. If the\\nthumb, however, is a long one, he will use his intellectual faculties to outwit\\nhis opponent, but if it be short and thick he will cautiously await his op\u00c2\u00ac\\nportunity for any deed of violence that he may meditate. When a well-\\nformed thumb, therefore, strikes the happy medium of these two extremes,\\nthe subject will have sufficient independence of spirit to give him dignity and\\nforce of character; he will also be properly cautious over his own affairs, and\\nhave strength of will and decision. It therefore stands the long, well-", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0089.jp2"}, "88": {"fulltext": "48\\nCheiro s Language of the Hand.\\nformed thumb denotes strength of intellectual will; the short, thick thumb,\\nbrute force and obstinacy; the small, weak thumb, weakness of will and want\\nof energy.\\nFrom time immemorial the thumb has been divided into three parts,\\nwhich are significant of the three great powers that rule the world\u00e2\u0080\u0094love,\\nlogic, and wfill.\\nThe first or nail phalange denotes will.\\nThe second phalange, logic.\\nThe third, which is the boundary of the Mount of Venus, love.\\nWhen the thumb is unequally developed, as, for instance, the first pha\u00c2\u00ac\\nlange extremely long, we find that the subject depends upon neither logic nor\\nreason, but simply upon will.\\nWhen the second phalange is much longer than the first, the subject,\\nthough having all the calmness and exactitude of reason, yet has not sufficient\\nwill and determination to carry out his ideas.\\nWhen the third phalange is long and the thumb small, the man or woman\\nis a prey to the more passionate or sensual side of the nature.\\nOne of the most interesting things in the study of the thumb is to notice\\nwhether the first joint is supple or stiff. When supple, the first phalange is\\nallowed to bend back, and forms the thumb into an arch; wdien, on the con\u00c2\u00ac\\ntrary, the thumb is stiff, the first phalange cannot be bent back, even by\\npressure and these two opposite peculiarities bear the greatest possible rela\u00c2\u00ac\\ntion to character.\\nThe supple thumb (Plate VIII.) is the distinctive peculiarity of the Latin\\nraces the stiff joint is more the property of the Northern. The supple joint,\\nfor instance, is very rare among the Danes, Norwegians, Germans, English,\\nand Scotch, whereas it is found in large numbers among the Irish, French,\\nSpanish, Italians, and wherever these races have congregated. I hardly think\\nthat the theory of climatic influence bears out this point. I am more inclined\\nto consider that the unconscious influence of the surroundings, prenatal or\\notherwise, has more to do with this peculiarity, for the characteristics that It\\nshows in the individual are also the characteristics of the nation to which\\nthat individual belongs.", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0090.jp2"}, "89": {"fulltext": "The Thumb.\\n49\\nTHE SUPPLE-JOINTED THUMB.\\nFor example, the supple-jointed thumb, bending from the hand, is the in\u00c2\u00ac\\ndication of the extravagant person, not only in matters of money, but in\\nthought; these are life\u00e2\u0080\u0099s natural spendthrifts\u00e2\u0080\u0094improvident of time, improvi\u00c2\u00ac\\ndent of wealth. They have adaptability of temperament for both people and\\ncircumstances; they are quickly at home in whatever society they are thrown;\\nthey have the sentimental love of kindred and country, as opposed to the\\npractical; they settle down easily to new work and new surroundings, and\\nconsequently they quickly make a home in whatever country they are placed.\\nTHE FIRM-JOINTED THUMB.\\nAgain, in a general way, the exact opposite of all this is found among the\\npeople with the stiff, firm joint (Plate YIII.). In the first place, they are more\\npractical; they have a strong will and a kind of stubborn determination which\\nmakes them rather stronger in character, and which is a large element in\\ntheir success. They are more cautious and secretive they advance by slow\\nsteps where the other nature will act by leaps and bounds. Again, they are\\nnot erratic like the first mentioned; they stick to one thing; they carry out\\ntheir purpose with a kind of resistless stubbornness they have the practical\\nidea of making the most out of their own home and their own country; they\\nrule with strength; they have a keen sense of justice; they control self as they\\nwould control machinery; in war they are solid, strong, and resistless: in\\nlove they are undemonstrative, but firm and stanch; in religion their\\nchurches are plain, but solid; in art they have the strength of them own\\nindividuality.\\nTHE SECOND PHALANGE.\\nThe next important characteristic of the thumb is the shape and make of\\nthe second or middle phalange. It will be found that this varies greatly\\nand is a decided indicator of temperament. It has two noticeable formations,\\nnamely, the narrow molded center or waist-like appearance (Fig. 3, Plate\\nVIII.), and its opposite, which is full and more clumsy (Fig. 1, Plate VIII.).\\nIn London, in 1892, when I published my Book on the Hand,\u00e2\u0080\u009d which\\nwas to be followed later by this larger and fuller work, I called attention to", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0091.jp2"}, "90": {"fulltext": "50\\nCheir 0\u00e2\u0080\u0099s Language of the Hand.\\nthe great difference, as far as character is concerned, shown by these two\\nformations. My statement that the waist-like appearance indicated tact\\naroused a good deal of interest, and as it was taken exception to by some of\\nmy critics, I will here endeavor to show in a logical way why such should be\\nthe case. In the first place, the student has by this time seen the truth of my\\nremarks about the finer formation of the thumb being the indication of the\\ngreater development of the intellectual will, and the coarse formation that of\\nthe nature that will use more brute force in the accomplishment of an object.\\nIt therefore follows that the waist-like appearance, which is a portion of the\\nfiner development, indicates the tact born of mental power, whereas the\\nfuller, coarser development indicates force in the carrying out of a purpose,\\nin keeping with the characteristics of each nature.\\nWhen the first or nail phalange is thick and heavy, with a short, flat nail,\\nit is a sure indication of the ungovernable passion of the subject. All brutal\\nanimal natures have such clubbed formations, the force of blind passion com\u00c2\u00ac\\npletely dominating whatever reason they possess. Such people, as a rule,\\nalso have the first joint stiff, and the two points together give that terrible\\nobstinacy of purpose that drives the subject, once out of temper, into deeds\\nof violence and crime. The flat first phalange, consequently, whether short\\nor long, is more calm in matters of temper and more controlled by reason.\\nWhen the hand is hard the natural tendency toward energy and firm\u00c2\u00ac\\nness indicated by the thumb is increased consequently the subject with the\\nhard, firm hand and the first phalange of the thumb well developed will be\\nmore resolute of purpose and more determined in the execution of his ideas\\nthan is the subject with the soft hand.\\nWhen the hand is soft the subject will be more inclined to use his will by\\nfits and starts, but cannot be so much depended upon in the execution of his\\njflans.\\nOne very striking peculiarity to be found in this study of human nature\\nthrough the medium of the hand is shown in the case of people with the\\nsupple or bending-back thumb. They rarely have the same keenness of moral\\nconsciousness that is found with those of the straight, firm development.\\nThey are generally more those impulsive children of nature in whom con\u00c2\u00ac\\nscience in morals does not play so important a part.", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0092.jp2"}, "91": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0093.jp2"}, "92": {"fulltext": "SQUARE WITH SMOOTH JOINTS.\\nPOINTED, WITH SMOOTH JOINTS. DEVELOPED JOINTS.\\nPlate iX", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0094.jp2"}, "93": {"fulltext": "CHAPTER X.\\nTHE JOINTS OF THE FINGERS.\\nThe development or 11011-development of the joints of the fingers is a\\nvery important consideration in the reading of the hand. The joints are.\\nfiguratively speaking, walls between the phalanges, and are important indica\u00c2\u00ac\\ntions of the peculiarities as well as of the temperament of the subject.\\nWhen the subject has what are known as smooth joints he is more in\u00c2\u00ac\\nclined to be impulsive in thought and to arrive at conclusions without using\\nthe reasoning faculties. A\\\\ ith square hands this is very much modified,\\nbut not by any means eradicated. Consequently a scientific man with square\\nfingers, but with smooth joints (Fig. 1, Plate IX.), will jump at conclusions\\nwithout being always able to account for them. Such a doctor will diagnose\\na patient in the same way; if the man be really talented he may be very\\naccurate in his conclusions, but such a man is more apt to make mistakes\\nthan the man with the square type with developed joints. With the pointed\\nhands the smooth joints are purely intuitive (Fig. 2, Plate IX.); they cannot\\nbe troubled with details of any kind; they are also careless in dress, appear\u00c2\u00ac\\nance, and in little matters. Such a person in business affairs could not keep\\npapers and little things in their places, although he would be very particular\\nin insisting upon order in other people.\\nThe opposite is found in the case of people with the developed joints\\n(Fig. 3, Plate IX.). Work has nothing to do with the increase or diminution\\nof such formations; the smooth joints are as often found among men who do\\nthe hardest kind of manual labor as the knotty or developed joints among\\nmen who do nothing but mental work. They are sometimes found running\\nin families for generations, or appearing in one child and but slightly found\\nin all the others. In the breeding of animals it may be observed, enpassant\\nhow often little peculiarities of this kind occur, and also how significant they\\n51", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0095.jp2"}, "94": {"fulltext": "Cheiro s Language of the Hand.\\n52\\nare. Thus, when one considers how wonderful are the laws of heredity, he\\nwill study these \u00e2\u0080\u009clittle things with greater interest. For instance, there is\\nthat well-known fact that if a woman gives birth to a child by her first hus\u00c2\u00ac\\nband, children who follow by the second, third, or even fourth husband, as\\nthe case may be, all in some slight way exhibit the peculiarities of the first\\nhusband.\\nThe developed joints being the oj^posite of the smooth, it follows that\\nthey show more exactness in method and work. In this case, a man with the\\nsquare hand and developed joints, engaged in some scientific pursuit, does\\nnot care how much time he spends in working out details in connection with\\nany science in which he is engaged. It is the same reason that makes the\\nphilosophic hands so exact about detail in connection with their work. The\\nowners of these joints notice the slightest thing out of place in even the\\narrangement of a room. They worry over little things, though in important\\nmatters they will be cool and calm. Men with these developed joints have\\nan almost feminine instinct in matters of dress\u00e2\u0080\u0094thev class and blend color\\nwell, and nothing will irritate them more than to accompany a woman the\\ncolors of whose costume do not harmonize. In dramatic work, people with\\nsuch joints are careful and accurate in the delineation of character, but\\nlack dramatic breadth and force. Outside of science, they perhaps make their\\nbest mark in literature, because of their extraordinary power of analyzing\\nhuman nature, and because of the true instinct arid knowledge of humanity\\nwhich seems to come to them without effort. We must therefore draw the\\ndeduction that these developed walls or joints between the phalanges, figura\u00c2\u00ac\\ntively speaking, stop the tide of impulse, and make the nature more observant,\\nthoughtful, and analyzing.", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0096.jp2"}, "95": {"fulltext": "CHAPTER XI.\\nTHE FINGERS.\\nFingers are either long or short, irrespective of the length of the palm to\\nwhich they belong.\\nLong fingers give love of detail in everything\u00e2\u0080\u0094in the decoration of a\\nroom, in the treatment of servants, in the management of nations, or in the\\npainting of a picture. Long-fingered people are exact in matters of dress,\\nquick to uotice small attentions they worry themselves over little things,\\nand have occasionall}\u00e2\u0080\u0099 a leaning toward affectation.\\nShort fingers are quick and impulsive. They cannot be troubled about\\nlittle things; they take everything en masse; they generally jump at con\u00c2\u00ac\\nclusions too hastily. They do not care so much about appearances, or for the\\nconventionalities of society; they are quick in thought, and hasty and out\u00c2\u00ac\\nspoken in speech.\\nFingers thick and clumsy, as well as short, are more or less cruel and\\nselfish.\\nWhen the fingers are stiff and curved inward, or naturally contracted,\\nthey denote an excess of caution and reserve, and very often indicate a\\ncowardly spirit.\\nWhen they are very supple and bend back like an arch, they tell of a\\nnature charming in company, affable and clever, but curious and inquisitive.\\nNaturally crooked, distorted, twisted fingers 011 a bad hand indicate a\\ncrooked, distorted, evil nature; on a good hand they are rarely found, but if\\nfound they denote a quizzical, irritating person.\\nWhen a small fleshy ball or pad is found 011 the inside of the nail pha\u00c2\u00ac\\nlange, it denotes extreme sensitiveness and tact through the dread of causing\\npain to others.\\nWhen the fingers are thick and puffy at the base, the subject considers", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0097.jp2"}, "96": {"fulltext": "54\\nCheiro s Language of the Hand.\\nhis own comfort before that of others; he will desire luxury in eating, drink\u00c2\u00ac\\ning, and living. When, on the contrary, the fingers at the base are shaped\\nlike a waist, it shows an unselfish disposition in every way, and fastidiousness\\nin matters of food.\\nWhen, with the fingers open, a wide space is seen between the first and\\nsecond, it indicates great independence of thought. When the space is wide\\nbetween the third and fourth, it indicates independence of action.\\nTHE LENGTH OF THE FINGERS IN RELATION TO ONE ANOTHER.\\nThe first finger on some hands is very short; again, on others, it is as\\nlong as the second, and so on.\\nWhen the first, or index finger, is excessively long, it denotes great\\npride, and a tendency to rule and domineer. It is to be found in the hands\\nof priests as well as politicians. Such a man, literally speaking, will lay\\ndown the law.\u00e2\u0080\u009d\\nWhen this finger is abnormal, namely, as long as the second, it indicates\\ngreat pride of disposition, a desire for power, the one man, one world\\ncreed. Napoleon was a striking example of this rule; on his hand the first\\nfinger was abnormal, it being fully equal to the second.\\nWhen the second finger (the finger of Saturn) is square and heavy, it\\nshows a deeply thoughtful, almost morbid nature.\\nWhen pointed, the reverse\u00e2\u0080\u0094callousness and frivolity.\\nWhen the third finger (the finger of the Sun) is nearly of the same length\\nas the first, it denotes ambition for wealth and honor through its artistic\\nleanings, and a great desire for glory. If excessively long, almost equal to the\\nsecond, it denotes the nature that looks at life in the light of a lottery, one\\nthat gambles with all things\u00e2\u0080\u0094money, life, and danger\u00e2\u0080\u0094but one endowed withal\\nwith strong artistic instincts and talents.\\nThe spatulate termination for this third finger is an excellent sign for the\\nactor, orator, or preacher. It indicates that his artistic gifts are strengthened\\nby the dramatic or sensational power, the breadth, the color necessary to\\nappeal to audiences.\\nWhen the fourth, or little finger, is well-shaped and long, it acts as a kind", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0098.jp2"}, "97": {"fulltext": "00\\nThe Fingers.\\nof balance in the hand to the tlmmb, and indicates the power of the subject to\\ninfluence others. When very long-\u00e2\u0080\u0094almost reaching to the nail of the third\u00e2\u0080\u0094\\nit shows great power of expression in both writing and speaking, and the\\nowner is more or less the savant and philosopher: one who can converse with\\nease on any subject; one who interests and commands people by the manner\\nin which he will apply facts and knowledge to the treatment of anything\\nbrought under his notice. Mr. Gladstone is a good example of this class; on\\nhis hand his fourth finger nearly reaches the nail of the third.", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0099.jp2"}, "98": {"fulltext": "CHAPTER XII.\\nTHE PALM, AND LAEGE AND SMALL HANDS.\\nA thtn, hard, dry palm indicates timidity, and a nervous, worrying,\\ntroubled nature.\\nA very thick palm, full and soft, shows sensuality of disposition.\\nWhen the palm is firm and elastic, and in proportion to the fingers, it in\u00c2\u00ac\\ndicates evenness of mind, energy, and quickness of intellect.\\nWhen not very thick, but soft and flabby, it denotes indolence, love of\\nluxury, and a tendency toward sensuality.\\nA hollow palm lias been proved to be an unfortunate sign such people\\nusually have even more disappointments than fall, as a rule, to the lot of\\nmortals. I have as well noticed a peculiarity that has not been mentioned\\nin other works on the subject, namely, that the hollow inclines more to one\\nline or portion of the hand than to another.\\nIf it inclines to the line of life, it promises disappointment and trouble in\\ndomestic affairs, and if the rest of the hand denotes ill-health, it is an added\\nsign of delicacy and trouble.\\nWhen the hollow comes under the line of fate, it indicates misfortune in\\nbusiness, money, and worldly affairs.\\nWhen under the line of heart it tells of disappointment in the closest\\naffections.\\nI do not hold with other works on the subject, that the fingers must be\\nlonger than the palm to show the intellectual nature. The palm of the hand is\\nnever, properly speaking, exceeded in length by the fingers. How can we ex\u00c2\u00ac\\npect this to be the case with the square, spatulate, and philosophic types?\\nThe statement that in every case the fingers must be longer than the palm is\\nerroneous and misleading.\\n5(3", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0100.jp2"}, "99": {"fulltext": "The Taint, and Large and Small Hands.\\n57\\nLAEGE AND SMALL HANDS.\\nIt is a thing well worth remarking, that, generally speaking, people with\\nlarge hands do very fine work and love great detail in work, while those with\\nvery small hands go in for large things, and cannot bear detail in employ\u00c2\u00ac\\nment. In 1892 I examined the hands of the diamond setters and engravers\\nengaged in some of the largest goldsmith\u00e2\u0080\u0099s establishments in Bond Street,\\nLondon, and out of nearly a hundred, I did not find a single exception to this\\nrule. One man\u00e2\u0080\u0094and I have the cast before me now\u00e2\u0080\u0094had extraordinarily large\\nhands, yet he was famed for the fineness and minutiae of the work which those\\ngreat hands turned out.\\nSmall hands, on the contrary, prefer to carry out large ideas, and, as a\\nrule, make plans far too large for their power of execution. They love to\\nmanage large concerns and govern communities, and, speaking generally,\\neven the writing of small hands is large and bold.", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0101.jp2"}, "100": {"fulltext": "CHAPTER XIII.\\nTHE NAILS.\\nParticularly as regards health, and the diseases likely to affect the sub\u00c2\u00ac\\nject, the nails will be found to be remarkably sure guides. Medical men in\\nboth London and Paris have lately taken up this study of the nails with great\\ninterest. Often a patient does not know, or for the moment forgets, what his\\nparents have suffered or died from; but an examination of the nails will in\\na few seconds disclose important hereditary traits. I will first treat of the\\nhealth side of the question, then of the disposition, as shown by this study.\\nIn the first place, the care of the nails does not alter or affect their type\\nin the slightest degree: whether they are broken by work or polished by\\ncare, the type remains unchanged. For instance, a mechanic may have long\\nnails, and the gentleman at ease may have very short, broad ones, though he\\nmanicure them every morning.\\nNails are divided into four distinct classes long, short, broad, and\\nnarrow.\\nLONG NAILS.\\nLong nails never indicate such great physical strength as the short, broad\\ntype. Very long nailed persons are more liable to suffer from chest and lung\\ntrouble, and this is more accentuated if the nails are much curved, both from\\nthe top back toward the finger and across the finger (Fig. 7, Plate X.). This\\ntendency is even more aggravated if the nail is fluted or ribbed (Fig. 10,\\nPlate X.).\\nThis type of nail, when shorter, indicates throat trouble, such as laryngy-\\ntis, asthma, and bronchial affections (Plate X.).\\nLong nails, very wide at the top and bluish in appearance, denote bad\\ncirculation proceeding from ill-liealth or nervous prostration. This is very", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0102.jp2"}, "101": {"fulltext": "2\\nPlate X.\u00e2\u0080\u0094NAILS,", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0103.jp2"}, "102": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0104.jp2"}, "103": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0105.jp2"}, "104": {"fulltext": "Plate XL\u00e2\u0080\u0094NAILS.\\nP5\u00c2\u00bba$", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0106.jp2"}, "105": {"fulltext": "The Nails.\\n59\\noften the case with the hands of women between the ages of fourteen and\\ntwenty-one and forty-two and forty-seven.\\nSHORT NAILS.\\nShort, small nails run in whole families in which there is a tendency\\ntoward heart disease (Plate XI.).\\nShort nails, thin and flat at the base, with little or no moons, are sure\\nsigns of weak action of the heart, and, generally speaking, heart disease.\\nLarge moons indicate good circulation.\\nShort nails, very flat and sunken, as it were, into the flesh at the base,\\nshow nerve diseases (Plate XI.).\\nShort nails, very flat and inclined to curve out or lift up at the edges, are\\nthe forerunners of paralysis, particularly if they are white and brittle as\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2well as flat. If the latter is the case the disease is more advanced (Fig. 9,\\nPlate XI.).\\nShort-nailed people have a greater tendency to suffer from heart trouble\\nand from diseases affecting the trunk and lower limbs than those with long\\nnails.\\nLong-nailed persons are more liable to trouble in the upper half of the\\nsystem\u00e2\u0080\u0094in the lungs, chest, and head.\\nNatural spots on the nails are signs of a highly strung nervous tempera\u00c2\u00ac\\nment when the nails are flecked with spots the whole nervous system requires\\na thorough overhauling.\\nThin nails, if small, denote delicate health and want of energy. Nails\\nvery narrow and long, if high and much curved, threaten spinal trouble, and\\nnever jmomise very great strength.\\nDISPOSITION AS SHOWN BY THE NAILS.\\nIn disposition, long-nailed individuals are less critical and more impres\u00c2\u00ac\\nsionable than those with short nails. They are also calmer in temper and\\nmore gentle.\\nLong nails show more resignation and calmness in every way. As a rule\\ntheir owners take things easily. Such nails indicate great ideality they also", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0107.jp2"}, "106": {"fulltext": "CO\\nClieiro s Language of the Hand.\\nshow an artistic nature, and their owners, as a rule, are fond of poetry, paint\u00c2\u00ac\\ning, and all the fine arts. Long-nailed persons, however, are rather inclined\\nto be visionary, and shrink from looking facts in the face, particularly if those\\nfacts are distasteful.\\nShort-nailed individuals, on the contrary, are extremely critical, even of\\nthings relating to self; they analyze everything with which they come into\\ncontact; they incline to logic, reason, and facts, in opposition to the visionary\\nqualities of the long-nailed. Short-nailed individuals make the best critics\\nthey are quicker, sharper and keener in their judgment; they are, as well, fond\\nof debate, and in an argument they will hold out till the very last; they have\\na keener sense of humor and of the ridiculous than the long-nailed they are\\nquick and sharp in temper, and are more or less skeptical of things they do\\nnot understand.\\nWhen the nails are broader than they are long, they indicate a pugnacious\\ndisposition, also a tendency to worry and meddle and to interfere with other\\npeople\u00e2\u0080\u0099s business.\\nNails short by the habit of biting indicate the nervous, worrying tem\u00c2\u00ac\\nperament.\\nI do not pay any attention to the spots on the nails, except as a sign of\\nillness through nervous strain.", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0108.jp2"}, "107": {"fulltext": "CHAPTER XIV.\\nTHE HAIR ON THE HANDS.\\nA Suggestive Theory.\\nIf the exponent of palmistry has to read hands through a curtain, with\u00c2\u00ac\\nout seeing his subject, the hair growing on the hand, although seemingly\\nunimportant, to a thorough student becomes a study of very great note and\\nmagnitude. A slight knowledge of the laws that govern the growth of hair\\nwill not, therefore, be out of place. The hair is used by nature to fulfil a great\\nmany useful purposes in connection with the body. I will give those only\\nthat are necessary to the student of this particular study, namely, the cause\\nof the color of the hair, of its coarseness and fineness, as illustrative of dis\u00c2\u00ac\\nposition.\\nIn the first place, each hair is in itself a fine tube; these tubes are in\\nconnection with the skin and the skin nerves. These hairs or tubes are,\\nliterally speaking, escape-valves for the electricity of the body, and by the\\ncolor they take in the passage of that electricity, so should the student be able\\nto determine certain qualities of temperament of which he would otherwise\\nbe ignorant. For example If there is a large amount of iron or pigment in\\nthe system, the flow of this electricity through the hair forces it into these\\ntubes and makes the hair black, brown, blond, gray, or white, as the case may\\nbe. Individuals with blond or fair hair, therefore, have less iron and dark\\npigment in the system. As a rule they are more languid, listless, gentle, and\\nmore influenced by people and surroundings than those of the darker type.\\nPeople with very dark hair, although often less energetic in work, will\\nhave more passion in temper, will be more irritable and more energetic in\\naffection than those of the fairer type, and so in every degree of shade until\\nwe come to the extreme opposite of the dark type, namely, those with red\\nG1", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0109.jp2"}, "108": {"fulltext": "(32\\nClieird\u00e2\u0080\u0099s Language of the Hand.\\nhail*. If we will examine hair, we will find that red hair is coarser in quality\\nas a rule than either black, brown, or blond. Now, being coarser or larger,\\nthe tube itself is, consequently, wider, and therefore shows the greater quan\u00c2\u00ac\\ntity of electricity that escapes, and of which these natures have the greatest\\namount. It is not that they have as much pigment as the dark people, but\\nhaving the greater supply and force of electricity, they are consequently the\\nmore excitable and quicker to rouse to action than either the black, brown,\\nor blond.\\nAY hen the system gets old, or becomes enfeebled by excess or dissipation,\\nthe electricity, not being generated in such large quantities, is nearly or en\u00c2\u00ac\\ntirely consumed by the system itself; the pigment is no longer forced into\\nthese hair tubes, and consequently they commence to grow white at the outer\\nends, and so on, till the entire hair or tube becomes white. It is the same in\\nthe case of a sudden shock or grief\u00e2\u0080\u0094the hair often stands on end from the\\nforce of the nervous electric fluid rushing through these tubes; reaction\\nnaturally sets in immediately, and the hair often becomes white in a few\\nhours. A r ery rarely can the system recover from such a strain, and conse\u00c2\u00ac\\nquently very rarely will the hair resume its color.\\nIn America more people are to be found with white hair than, I think,\\nin any other country in the world. This theory accounts for the fact,\\nwhen it is remembered that no people go through so much, or live under\\nsuch high pressure, as do the Americans. The climate of the country has, I\\nconsider, a great deal to do with their temperament; the brightness and bril\u00c2\u00ac\\nliance of the atmosphere, even in winter, the peculiar nerve-stimulating\\nquality of the air, all combine to cause its men and women to press forward\\nwith a keen spirit of competition, both in work and in amusement. This\\ntheory of the color of the hair has never, to my knowledge, been put forward\\nin this way before. I commend it to the attention of those who do not lose\\nsight of the fact that in the Book of Nature nothing is so small that it may\\nnot give us knowledge, and as knowledge is power, let us therefore not\\nbe ashamed to seek it, even in little things.", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0110.jp2"}, "109": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0111.jp2"}, "110": {"fulltext": "Plate XII.\u00e2\u0080\u0094THE MOUNTS OF THE HAND", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0112.jp2"}, "111": {"fulltext": "CHAPTER XV.\\nTHE MOUNTS, THEIR POSITION AND THEIR MEANINGS.\\nIn my work I always class the mounts of the hand (Plate XII.) with the\\nhand itself, and therefore I treat of them in the section of this work devoted\\nto cheirognomy. Again, in the consideration of this point, I must state that,\\nalthough manual labor will have the effect of coating the hand with a rougher\\nand thicker development of skin, yet it does not depress or decrease what are\\nknown as the mounts, and which, again, in their turn, show constitutional\\ncharacteristics, which are doubtless caused by the hereditary laws which\\ngovern and control the intermingling of races. As regards the use by\\ncheiromants of the old-time names, such as the Mount of Venus, Mars, etc.,\\nI must here state that I do not use these names in any sense in relation to\\nwhat is known as Astrological Palmistry. I do not for one moment deny that\\nthere may be a connection\u00e2\u0080\u0094and a very great one\u00e2\u0080\u0094between the two; but 1\\ndo not think it necessary to consider it in conjunction with this study of the\\nhand, which study I hold to be in every way complete in itself. Consequently,\\nI use such names as Venus, Mars, Saturn, etc., simply as a quicker way of\\ngiving the student an idea of the qualities I wish to describe. These qualities\\nhave been associated so long with such names in our minds as Mars, the\\nmartial nature, and so on, that their mere mention recalls them, end the em\u00c2\u00ac\\nployment of these terms will, therefore, simplify matters much more than if\\nI were to call the mounts by numbers, as first, second, third, and so forth.\\nTHE MOUNT OF VENUS.\\nThe Mount of Venus is und at the base of the thuff)\\n(Plate XII.). Whop hot abnormally large it is a favorable sign the hand\\nof man or woman .f This mount cove 1 1 and nlost important\\nblood-vessels in tl| hand, the grce j Hence, if the Mount of", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0113.jp2"}, "112": {"fulltext": "64\\nCheiro s Language of the Hand.\\nVenus be well developed, it indicates strong and robust health. A small\\nMount of Venus betrays poor health and, consequently, less passion.\\nThe Mount of Venus, abnormally large, indicates a violent passion for the\\nopposite sex.\\nThis mount denotes affection, sympathy toward others, benevolence, a\\ndesire to please, love and worship of beauty, love of color, and melody in\\nmusic, and the attraction of the one sex to the other.\\nTHE MOUNT OF JUPITER.\\nThis mount is the raised formation at the base of the first finger (Plate\\nXII.). When developed it shows ambition, pride, enthusiasm in anything\\nattempted, and desire for power.\\nTHE MOUNT OF SATURN.\\nThis is found at the base of the second finger (Plate XII.), and denotes\\nlove of solitude, quietness, prudence, earnestness in work, proneness to the\\nstudy of somber things, and appreciation of music of a sacred or classical\\norder.\\nTHE MOUNT OF THE SUN.\\nThis mount is found at the base of the third finger, and is also called the\\nMount of Apollo (Plate XII.). When well developed it indicates an enthu\u00c2\u00ac\\nsiastic appreciation of all things beautiful, whether or not one follows a purely\\nartistic calling. It denotes love of painting, poetry, literature, and all imagi\u00c2\u00ac\\nnative work, also grace of mind and thought.\\nTHE MOUNT OF MERCURY.\\nThe mount of this name is found at the base of the fourth finger (Plate\\nI 1 It denotes all the mercurial qualities of life\u00e2\u0080\u0094love of change, travel,\\nexcitement, wit, quick ness of thought and expression. If the rest of the hand\\nis favorable, th* qualities indited b his mount will r iound to the good\\nof the subject, if unfavorable, to his misfortune.", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0114.jp2"}, "113": {"fulltext": "The Mounts, tlieir Position and their Meanings.\\n65\\nTHE MOUNT OF MAES.\\nThere are two mounts of this name; the first beneath the Mount of\\nJupiter, but inside the line of life, lying next to the Mount of Venus (Plate\\nXII.). This, the first, gives active courage, the martial spirit, but when large,\\nshows a very quarrelsome, fighting disposition.\\nThe second lies between the Mount of Mercury and the Mount of\\nLuna (Plate XII.). It denotes passive courage, self-control, resignation, and\\nstrength of resistance against wrong.\\nTHE MOUNT OF LUNA.\\nThe Mount of Luna lies on the side of the hand beneath the Mount of\\nMars and directly opposite the Mount of Venus (Plate XII.).\\nIt indicates refinement, imagination, love of beautiful scenery, a taste\\nfor the romantic, great ideality, and a fondness for poetry and imaginative\\nliterature.\\nTHE LEANING OF THE MOUNTS TOWAED ONE ANOTHEK.\\nWhen the mounts lean toward one another, the qualities of each are\\nblended and developed in unison.\\nFor example, if Saturn lean toward Jupiter, it gives the latter some of\\nits love of solemn things\u00e2\u0080\u0094its prudence, sadness, and its religious tendency.\\nIf Saturn incline toward the Mount of the Sun, Saturn\u00e2\u0080\u0099s solemn thoughts\\nand ideas will blend with the artistic taste of the subject, and if the Mount of\\nthe Sun lean to Mercury, art will influence the business or scientific nature\\nof the individual.", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0115.jp2"}, "114": {"fulltext": "CHAPTER XVI.\\nTHE HANDS OF NATIONS.\\nThat different types of faces and bodies are characteristic of different\\nnations is a well-known fact. There is a familiar statement which I would\\nquote here The law which rounds a dewdrop shapes a world.\u00e2\u0080\u009d There\u00c2\u00ac\\nfore, if certain laws produce different types in different races they also produce\\ndifferent shapes of hands and bodies as illustrative of the different character\u00c2\u00ac\\nistics. The intermingling and intermixing by marriage, etc., must naturally\\nmodify the pureness of the different types; but that it does not destroy the\\nentire individuality cannot for a moment be doubted.\\n4\\nTHE ELEMENTARY HAND.\\nStarting with the elementary hand, it is rarely if ever found in its purity\\namong civilized nations. We find this type among the primitive races in\\nextremely cold latitudes, as, for instance, among the Esquimaux and the\\ninhabitants of Iceland, Lapland, and the northern portion of Russia and\\nSiberia.\\nSuch people are phlegmatic and emotionless; even the nerve centers of\\nthe body are not in a high state of development, therefore they do not feel\\npain as keenly as the other types. They are more animal in their instincts\\nand brutal in their desires; they are devoid of aspirations, and have only\\nsufficient mentality to make them distinct from the brute creation. In a\\nslightly more developed form the elementary hand is found in more southern\\nand civilized nations.\\nTHE SQUARE HAND AND THE NATIONS REPRESENTED BY IT.\\nThe square hand, generally speaking, is found among the Swedes, Danes,\\nGermans, Dutch, English, and Scotch. The chief characteristics which it\\n66", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0116.jp2"}, "115": {"fulltext": "The Hands of Nations.\\n67\\ndenotes are love of method, logic, reason, respect for authority and law, and\\nconformity to conventionality and custom. It shows an undemonstrative\\nand more or less unemotional nature; it will follow life\u00e2\u0080\u0099s beaten track with\\ndogged stubbornness and tenacity of purpose, will build solid houses, rail\u00c2\u00ac\\nways, and churches; will kneel at the shrine of the useful, and will pay\\nhomage to the practical side of life.\\nTHE PHILOSOPHIC.\\nThis is essentially the hand of the Oriental nations. In European coun\u00c2\u00ac\\ntries, it is to this type or to the possessors of its modifications that we are\\nindebted for the modernized principles of Buddhism, Theosophy, and all\\ndoctrines and ideas that tend in that direction. It is essentially the hand of\\nthe mystic or of the religious devotee. Individuals with these hands will en\u00c2\u00ac\\ndure any privation or self-denial in defense of the religion they follow. The\\nworld may call such people cranks; but the world crucified its Christ, and\\nmocked and persecuted its greatest teachers. Its opinion, therefore, should\\nonly affect the scales of dross, not the balance of thought.\\nTHE CONIC.\\nThis type, properly speaking, is peculiar to the south of Europe, but by\\nthe intermingling of races it has been carried far and wide over the world.\\nIt is largely found among Greek, Italian, Spanish, French, and Irish races.\\nThe distinctive characteristics which it denotes are, a purely emotional\\nnature, impulse in thought and action, artistic feeling, impressionability and\\nexcitability. It has been designated The Hand of Impulse.\u00e2\u0080\u009d Such hands\\nare not the hands of money-makers, like the square or the spatulate. They\\nshow a lack of practical business sense, but nature compensates their owners\\nwith the poetic, the visionary, and the romantic.\\nTHE SPATULATE.\\nWith all the varieties of national types that have found their way at\\nsome time or another to America; with all the admixture of races found in\\nthat enormous continent, the spatulate hand is the type which has to a great", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0117.jp2"}, "116": {"fulltext": "68\\nCheiro\u00e2\u0080\u0099s Language of the Hand.\\nextent swallowed up all the others. This hand, and, consequently, the char\u00c2\u00ac\\nacteristics that it represents, has to my mind played the important role in\\nthe history of that great country. As I may claim to be a cosmopolitan in\\nevery sense of the word, I can therefore take an unbiased standpoint in\\nreading the character of nations as I would that of the individual. The\\nspatulate hand, as I stated before, is the hand of energy, originality, and rest\u00c2\u00ac\\nlessness. It is the hand of the explorer and the discoverer, which terms can\\nalso be applied to discoveries in science, art, or mechanics. Spatulate hands\\nare never conventional; they have little respect for law, less for authority.\\nThey are inventors, more from the quickness of their ideas than from the\\nsolidity of earnest work as exemplified by the square; they may utilize other\\nmen\u00e2\u0080\u0099s ideas, but they will try to improve upon them they love risk and\\nspeculation; they are versatile, and their chief fault is their changeability\u00e2\u0080\u0094\\nthey shift from one thing to another with the mood of the moment; they are\\nfanatics in their fads, enigmas in their earnestness; but, even with such faults,\\nit is to a people many-sided and many-talented like this that the world must\\nlook for her new ideas, for the inventions and discoveries in science, re\u00c2\u00ac\\nligion, or materialism which must in years to come work out the evolution of\\nhumanity.\\nTHE PSYCHIC.\\nThis peculiar type is not confined to any particular country or kindred;\\nit is evolved sometimes among the most practical, sometimes among the most\\nenthusiastic. Yet is it neither practical nor enthusiastic in itself; it may be\\nan evolution of all the types, reaching into that plane in which there may\\nbe seven senses instead of five. Certain it is that its owners are not of the\\nearth, earthy, nor yet of heaven\u00e2\u0080\u0094for they are human; they make up no\\ndistinct community, but are found in all and of all. It may be that, as their\\nbeautiful hands are not formed for the rough usage of this world, so their\\nthoughts are not suited to the material things of life their place may be in\\ngiving to mankind that which is but the reflection of mankind; thus in the\\nshadow may we find the substance, and thus in the speculation that this type\\ngives rise to may we find that wisdom that sees the fitness and the use of all\\nthings.", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0118.jp2"}, "117": {"fulltext": "PART II.\u00e2\u0080\u0094CHEIROMANCY.\\nCHAPTER I.\\nA FEW REMARKS IN REFERENCE TO THE READING OF THE HAND.\\nBefore I proceed to explain the more intricate details of cheiromancy, I\\nwish to address a few words to the student, as well as to the casual reader\\nwho may take sufficient interest in this study to glance through this book.\\nIn the first place, in my earnest desire to make this work a thoroughly\\nreliable guide in all matters connected with palmistry, I have been compelled\\nto bring the details of the study prominently before the reader and to enlarge\\non certain points that may be considered dry and uninteresting. This the\\nstudent may resent during the commencement of his enthusiasm, but later he\\nwill, I think, see its advantages, as I have endeavored to make even the de\u00c2\u00ac\\ntails as graphic as possible. I have not confined myself to the set theories of\\nany particular school; I have gathered whatever information this book con\u00c2\u00ac\\ntains from, I may say, the four corners of the earth, and in presenting this\\ninformation to those who desire to learn, I do so with the knowledge that I\\nhave proved whatever statements I make to be correct. The one point I\\nwould, however, earnestly desire to impress upon the student is the necessity\\nfor conscientious study and patience. As there are no two natures alike, so\\nthere are no two hands alike. To be able to read the hand is to be able to\\nread the book of nature\u00e2\u0080\u0094there is no study more arduous, there is none more\\nfascinating or that will repay the time and labor spent upon it with more\\ninterest.\\nTo do this study justice, I cannot and will not pretend, as do the gene\u00c2\u00ac\\nrality of writers on this subject, that it is an easy matter, by following this,\\n69", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0119.jp2"}, "118": {"fulltext": "70\\nCheiro s Language of the Hand.\\nthat, or the other map of the hand, or by taking some set rules as a guide, to\\nbe able to read the hand\u00e2\u0080\u009d without any exercise of the student s mentality.\\nOn the contrary, I shall show that every line, without exception, is modified,\\nby the particular type to which it belongs, as, for instance, a sloping line of\\nhead on a square hand has a completely different meaning from the same\\nsloping line on a conic or philosophic type, and so on. I have written this\\nbook with the object of making it not only interesting to the reader, but use\u00c2\u00ac\\nful to the student. I have endeavored to make every point as clear and\\nconcise as possible, but the student must bear in mind the enormous difficul\u00c2\u00ac\\nties that lie in the way of making a clear explanation of every point in\\nconnection with such an intricate study.\\nThe next point to be borne in mind is the difference of opinion which\\nwill be met with, and which is often used as an argument against palm\u00c2\u00ac\\nistry. Now we must remember that it is only through the concentration\\nof different minds, and the consensus of different opinions, that we can\\never hope to reach the truth on any subject. No better illustration of this\\ncan be found than in the divergency of opinion that has existed and always\\nwill exist in religion, as well as in scientific study. What body of students\\nhave, or can have, more divergency of opinion, for instance, than medical\\nmen? I must, therefore, say, in the words which a celebrated physician\\nonce used to his pupils, that we should, in the pursuit of any particular branch\\nof study, take the teachings which we have the most reason to believe are\\ncorrect, and that by building upon such a foundation we will attain greater\\nheights of knowledge than the individual who follows every new teacher who\\nfor a moment, like the will-o\u00e2\u0080\u0099-the-wisp, flits across the shifting sands of\\nhuman fancy. Particularly in palmistry, I would say, take some work which\\nyou have good reason to believe is at least near the truth, and by following\\nthat out with the light of your own mentality and reason you will be\\nmore likely to succeed than those who, shifting their ground according to\\nevery fancy, find themselves at last without faith, without hope, and, worse\\nstill, without knowledge.\\nThe chief point of difference between my teachings and those of other\\nwriters lies in the fact that I class the various lines under different heads,\\ntreating of each particular point.", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0120.jp2"}, "119": {"fulltext": "A Few Remarks in Reference to the Reading oj the Hand. 71\\nThis will be found not only more easy and less puzzling for the student,\\nbut also more in accordance with reason. For instance, I hold that the line\\nof life relates to all that affects life, to the influences which govern it, to its\\nclass as regards strength; to the natural length of life, and to the important\\nchanges of country and climate. I regard the line of head as related to all\\nthat affects mentality, and so on with every other line, as will be seen later.\\nThis plan I have found to be the most accurate, as well as the simplest, and\\nmore in accordance with those teachers whose ideas we have every reason to\\nrespect.\\nAs regards dates, I depart from the usual formula, and instead advance\\na theory which has been considered at least interesting and reasonable,\u00e2\u0080\u009d in\\nthe dividing of the life into sevens, in accordance with the teachings of\\nnature. I will illustrate this when I come to that portion of this work\\ndealing with time and dates.", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0121.jp2"}, "120": {"fulltext": "CHAPTER II.\\nTHE LINES OF THE HAND.\\nThere are seven important lines on the hand, and seven lesser lines\\n(Plate XIII.). The important lines are as follows:\\nThe Line of Life. W llich embraces the Mount of Venus.\\nThe Line of Head, which crosses the center of the hand.\\nThe Line of Heart, which runs parallel to that of the head, at the\\nbase of the fingers.\\nThe Girdle of Venus, found above the line of heart and generally\\nencircling the Mounts of Saturn and the Sun.\\nThe Line of Health, which runs from the Mount of Mercury down\\nthe hand.\\nThe Line of Sun, which rises generally on the Plain of Mars and\\nascends the hand to the Mount of the Sun.\\nThe Line of Fate, which occupies the center of the hand, from the\\nwrist to the Mount of Saturn.\\nThe seven lesser lines on the hand are as follows:\\nThe Line of Mars, which rises on the Mount of Mars and lies within\\nthe Line of Life (Plate XIII.).\\nThe Via Lasciva which lies parallel to the line of health (Plate XIII.).\\nThe Line of Intuition, which extends like a semicircle from Mercury\\nto Luna (Plate XII.).\\nThe Line of Marriage, the horizontal line on the Mount of Mercury\\n(Plate XIII.), and\\nThe three bracelets found on the wrist (Plate XIII.).", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0122.jp2"}, "121": {"fulltext": "Plate XV.\u00e2\u0080\u0094SIGNS FOUND IN THE HAND.", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0123.jp2"}, "122": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0124.jp2"}, "123": {"fulltext": "The Lines of the Hand.\\n73\\nThe main Hues are known by other names, as follows\\nThe Line of Life is also called the Vital.\\nThe Line of Head, the Natural or Cerebral.\\nThe Line of Heart, the Mensal.\\nThe Line of Fate, the Line of Destiny, or the Saturnian.\\nThe Line of Sun, the Line of Brilliancy, or Apollo.\\nThe Line of Health, the Hepatica, or the Liver Line.\\nThe hand is divided into two parts or hemispheres by the line of head.\\nThe upper hemisphere, containing the fingers and Mounts of Jupiter,\\nSaturn, the Sun, Mercury, and Mars, represents mind, and the lower, con\u00c2\u00ac\\ntaining the base of the hand, represents the material. It will thus be seen\\nthat with this clear point as a guide the student will gain an insight at once\\ninto the character of the subject under examination. This division has\\nhitherto been ignored, but it is almost infallible in its accuracy; as, for\\nexample, when the predisposition is toward crime the line of head rises into\\nthe abnormal position shown by Plate XXIV., which, taken from life, is one\\ninstance in the thousands that can be had of the accuracy of this statement.", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0125.jp2"}, "124": {"fulltext": "CHAPTER III.\\nIN RELATION TO THE LINES.\\nThe rules in relation to the lines are, in the first place, that they should\\nbe clear and well marked, neither broad nor pale in color; that they should\\nbe free from all breaks, islands, or irregularities of any kind.\\nLines very pale in color indicate, in the first place, want of robust\\nhealth, and, in the second, lack of energy and decision.\\nLines red in color indicate the sanguine, hopeful disposition; they show\\nan active, robust temperament.\\nYellow lines, as well as being indicative of biliousness and liver trouble*\\nare indicators of a nature self-contained, reserved, and proud.\\nLines very dark in color, almost black, tell of a melancholy, grave tem\u00c2\u00ac\\nperament, and also indicate a haughty, distant nature, one usually very\\nrevengeful and unforgiving.\\nLines may appear, diminish, or fade, which must always be borne in\\nmind when reading the hand. The province of the palmist, therefore, is to\\nwarn the subject of approaching danger by pointing out the evil tendencies\\nof his nature. It is purely a matter of the subject\u00e2\u0080\u0099s will whether or not he\\nwill overcome these tendencies, and it is by seeing how the nature has\\nmodified evils in the past that the palmist can predict whether or not evils\\nwill be overcome in the future. In reading the hand, no single evil mark\\nmust be accepted as decisive. If the evil is important, almost every prin\u00c2\u00ac\\ncipal line will show its effect, and both hands must be consulted before the-\\ndecision can be final. A single sign in itself only shows the tendency when,\\nhowever, the sign is repeated by other lines, the danger is then a certainity.\\nIn answer to the cpiestion, Can people avert or avoid danger or disaster\\npredicted in the hand? I answer that decidedly I believe that they can;,\\nbut I say just as decidedly that they rarely if ever do. I know hundreds\\n74", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0126.jp2"}, "125": {"fulltext": "ow^vc\\nV\\\\\\nWlU^\\n^vtoi^ vT^A\\n^\u00e2\u0080\u0098^*2* V^sAt V \u00e2\u0080\u0098fj Mft\\n^\\\\0 CWv^ft\\\\\\\\^vus\\nPlate XIV.-\u00e2\u0080\u0094Tune, FORMATIONS.", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0127.jp2"}, "126": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0128.jp2"}, "127": {"fulltext": "In Relation to the Lines.\\n75\\nttf cases in my own experience where people were given accurate warn\u00c2\u00ac\\nings which they did not realize till too late. The most remarkable ex\u00c2\u00ac\\nample of this which I can recall was the case of a woman well known in\\nLondon society. I warned her of an accident caused by animals which\\nwould make her infirm for the rest of her life, and which would happen at\\nthe y ery point of age that she had then reached. She promised that she\\nwould be careful, and departed. A week later, one dull foggy\u00e2\u0080\u0099 night, she\\nordered her horses; again she got a warning, this time through her husband,\\nwho begged her not to go out, as the horses yvere restive and the night bad.\\nThe horses were brought round, and with them the last warning: her\\ncoachman had been taken seriously ill, and a substitute had to take his place.\\nEven this did not deter her, and she started. The coachman could have\\ngone four different ways to reach her destination, but, strange to say, he took\\nthe most unlikely, and drove through Bond Street. It was in doing this that\\nthe most remarkable point in this example was reached. The man lost\\ncontrol of the horses; they took fright, dashed in on the sidewalk: the carriage\\nwas smashed against a lamp-post, and, by an extraordinary coincidence, its\\noccupant was carried unconscious into my own hall. I am sorry to say that\\nthe prediction has proved only too true: she has never recovered from those\\ninjuries, and never will.\\nI make no comment on this strange story; I simply relate the facts as\\nthey occurred.\\nThe above is only one example in many that could be cited to show that\\nwe rarely if ever will go by warnings, no matter in what way they may be\\ngiven.\\nWhen an important line, such as the line of head or of life, is found yvith\\nwhat is called a sister line a-a Plate XVI.), namely, a fine line running by its\\nside, it is a sign that the main line is thus strengthened; consequently any\\nbreak in the main line will be, as it were, bridged over by this mark, and the\\ndanger lessened or prevented. This is more often found in connection with\\nthe line of life than with any other.\\nIf there is a fork at the end of any line, except that of life (Plate XVI.),\\nit gives greater power to that line; as, for instance, on the line of head it in\u00c2\u00ac\\ncreases the mentalitv, but makes more or less of a double nature.\\ni", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0129.jp2"}, "128": {"fulltext": "76\\nClieird\u00e2\u0080\u0099s Language of the Hand.\\nWhen, however, the line ends in a tassel h-h Plate XVI.) it is a sign of\\nweakness and destruction to any line of which it forms part, particularly\\nat the end of the line of life, where it denotes weakness and the dissipation of\\nall the nerve qualities.\\nBranches rising from any line (a-a, Plate XIV.) accentuate its power and\\nstrength, hut all branches descending denote the reverse.\\nAt the commencement of the line of heart, these lines are most important\\nwhen considering the success of marriage for the subject: the ascending lines\\nat this point indicate vigor and warmth of the affections (a-a, Plate XVII.);\\nthe descending, the opposite.\\nOn the line of head ascending branches denote cleverness and ambitious\\ntalent (c-c, Plate XVI.), and on the line of fate they show success in all under\u00c2\u00ac\\ntakings made at that particular point.\\nA chained formation in any line is a weak sign (Plate XIV.): if on the line\\nof heart it denotes weakness and changeability of affection; if on the line of\\nhead, want of fixity of ideas, and weakness of intellect.\\nBreaks in any line denote its failure c-c Plate XVII.).\\nA wavy formation weakens the power of the line {h-h, Plate XVII.).\\nCapillary lines are those little hair-lines running by the side of the main\\nline, sometimes joining it, sometimes falling from it; they denote weakness,\\nlike the chained formation (Fig. 8, Plate XIV.).\\nWhen the entire hand is covered with a network or multitude of little\\nlines running aimlessly in all directions, it betrays mental worry, a highly\\nnervous temperament, and a troubled nature.\\nAs the little grains make mountains, so do these little points make this\\nstudy great. I therefore recommend their close consideration.", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0130.jp2"}, "129": {"fulltext": "CHAPTER IV.\\nTHE EIGHT AND LEFT HANDS.\\nThe difference between the right and left hands is another important point\\nto be considered. The most casual observer, looking at even a limited num\u00c2\u00ac\\nber of hands, is generally struck by the marked difference which as a rule\\nexists in the shape and position of the lines in the right and left hands of the\\nsame person.\\nThis is an important point to be observed by the student. In practice, my\\nrule is to examine both hands, but to depend more upon the information\\ngiven by the right than that given by the left. There is a well-known old\\nsaying on this point: \u00e2\u0080\u009cTheleft is the hand we are born with; the right is the\\nhand we make.\u00e2\u0080\u009d This is the correct principle to follow, the left hand indi\u00c2\u00ac\\ncating the natural character, and the right showing the training, experience,\\nand the surroundings brought to bear on the life of the subject. The old\\nidea of reading the left hand simply because it is nearest to the heart belongs\\nto the many superstitions which degraded the science in the middle ages.\\nThe heart at that time was regarded as the supreme organ\u00e2\u0080\u0094hence this\\nmedieval superstition. If, however, we examine this study from a logical and\\nscientific standpoint, we find that the greater use of the right hand for long\\ngenerations has placed it, as regards both nerves and muscles, in a more\\nperfect state of development than the left. It is usually exercised in\\ncarrying out the thoughts of the brain, being, as it were, the more active\\nservant of the mind. If, therefore, as has been demonstrated, the human\\nbody passes through a process of slow and steady development, and every\\nchange it undergoes affects and marks its effect upon the entire system, it\\nfollows that it is more logical and reasonable to examine the right hand for\\nthose changes which even at that moment are taking place, and upon which\\nthe development of the future depends.", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0131.jp2"}, "130": {"fulltext": "78\\nCheiro s Language of the Hand.\\nMy advice, therefore, is: place both hands side by side; examine them,\\nand see what the nature has been, see what it is; find the reason by your ex\u00c2\u00ac\\namination for this or that change; and, in forecasting what will be, depend\\nupon the development of the lines in the right hand.\\nIt is very interesting to note that left-handed people have the lines more\\nclearly marked on the left hand, and vice versa. Some people change so\\ncompletely that hardly two lines are alike on both hands; again, some change\\nso slightly that the difference in the lines is barely perceptible. The general\\nrule to follow is, that when a marked difference is shown by both hands the\\nsubject has had a more interesting, eventful life than the person with both\\nalike. The more interesting details as to a subject\u00e2\u0080\u0099s past life, and even the\\nvery changes in his method of work and ideas, can be brought to light by a\\ncareful examination conducted in this way.", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0132.jp2"}, "131": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0133.jp2"}, "132": {"fulltext": "Plate XVI.", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0134.jp2"}, "133": {"fulltext": "CHAPTER V.\\nTHE LINE OF LIFE.\\nWhat we know as life is but existence,\\nA waiting-place, a haven by the sea,\\nA little space amid immeasured distance,\\nA glimpse, a vista, of that life tc be.\\nCheiro.\\nAs I remarked in an earlier portion of tliis subject, in that period of the\\nworld\u00e2\u0080\u0099s history when the greatest study of mankind was man, as there came\\nto be recognized a natural position on the face for the nose, eyes, etc., so also\\non the hand there came to be recognized a natural position for the line of life,\\nthe line of head, and every other mark that the hand possesses. Thus, if the\\nlines take abnormal courses it is only reasonable that abnormal character\u00c2\u00ac\\nistics are to be expected; and if so as regards temperament, why not in rela\u00c2\u00ac\\ntion to health People who consider this subject lightly object to the power\\ngiven to the palmist in his ability to predict dis.ase or death; but a little\\nthought will show that nothing, after all, is more reasonable than one\u00e2\u0080\u0099s ability\\nto do this by careful study. It is admitted that in the body of every person\\nthere lurks a germ or tendency that will some day prove fatal. Who, there\u00c2\u00ac\\nfore, can have the presumption to deny that this germ by its presence\\naffects the nerve-fluid, which in its turn affects the nerves, and they\\nthe hand? Again, without touching on the presence in the body of the\\nall-knowing, omnipotent soul or spirit life, if we acknowledge\u00e2\u0080\u0094as we do\\n-\u00e2\u0080\u0094the unexplained mysteries of the passive and active brain, we must also\\nacknowledge that the slightest germ of disease or weak point in the sys\u00c2\u00ac\\ntem must be known to the brain in all its stages of advance and attack, and\\nwill, therefore, be registered by the brain on the hand through the nerve-con\u00c2\u00ac\\nnection between the two, as has already been demonstrated. Thus, by the\\n79", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0135.jp2"}, "134": {"fulltext": "80\\nCheircPs Language of the Hand.\\ndevelopment or non-development of this line or that mark is the palmist able\\nto say that a certain disease at a certain time will cause illness with such and\\nsuch a result. Bearing these arguments in mind, we will now proceed to an\\nexamination of what has become known as the line of life.\\nThe line of life (Plate XIII.) is the line which, rising under the Mount of\\nJupiter, goes down the hand and embraces the Mount of Venus. On it is\\nmarked time, also illness and death, and events foreshadowed by the other\\nimportant lines are verified.\\nThe line of life should be long, narrow, and deep, without irregularities,\\nbreaks, or crosses of any kind. Such a formation promises long life, good\\nhealth, and vitality.\\nWhen the line is linked (Pig. 10, Plate XIV.) or made up of little pieces\\nlike a chain, it is a sure sign of bad health, and particularly so on a soft hand.\\nWhen the line recovers its evenness and continuity, health also is regained.\\nWhen broken in the left hand and joined in the right, it threatens some\\ndangerous illness; but if broken in both hands it generally signifies death.\\nThis is more decidedly confirmed when one branch turns back on the Mount\\nof Venus (c-c, Plate XVII.).\\nWhen the line starts from the base of the Mount of Jupiter, instead of\\nthe side of the hand, it denotes that from the earliest the life has been one of\\nambition.\\nWhen the line is chained at the commencement under Jupiter, bad health\\nin early life is foreshadowed.\\nWhen the line is closely connected with that of the head, life is guided by\\nreason and intelligence, but the subject is extremely sensitive about every\u00c2\u00ac\\nthing which affects self, and more or less cautious in enterprises for self (d-d,\\nPlate XVI.).\\nWhen there is a medium space between the line of life and that of head,\\nthe subject is more free to carry out his plans and ideas; it also denotes\\nenergy and a very go-ahead spirit {d-d, Plate XVII.).\\nWhen, however, the space is very wide, it is a sign of too much self-\\nconfidence and dash; it indicates that the subject is foolhardy, impulsive,\\nhasty, and not guided by reason.\\nWhen the lines of life, head, and heart are all joined together at the com-", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0136.jp2"}, "135": {"fulltext": "The Line of Life.\\n81\\nmencement (a-a, Plate XVIII.), it is a very unfortunate sign, denoting that\\nthe subject, through a defect in temperament, rushes blindly into danger and\\ncatastrophe. This mark, as far as temperament is concerned, indicates the\\nsubject\u00e2\u0080\u0099s want of perception, both in personal dangers and in those arising\\nfrom dealings with other people.\\nWhen the line of life divides at about the center of the hand, and one\\nbranch shoots across to the base of the Mount of Luna b-h Plate XVIII.), it\\nindicates on a firm, well-made hand a restless life, a great desire for travel,\\nand the ultimate satisfaction of that desire. When such a mark is found on\\na flabby, soft hand, with a sloping line of head, it again denotes the restless\\nnature, craving for excitement, but in this case the craving will be gratified\\nin vice or intemperance of some kind. This statement, as will be seen, can\\nbe logically and easily reasoned out: the line crossing to the Mount of Luna\\ndenotes the restless nature craving for change, but, the hand being soft and\\nflabby, the subject will be too lazy and indolent to satisfy this craving by\\ntravel, and the sloping line of head in this case showing a weak nature, the\\nreason for this statement is apparent.\\nWhen little hair-lines are found dropping from or clinging to the line of\\nlife, they tell of weakness and loss of vitality at the date when they appear.\\nThe} 7 are very often found at the end of the line itself, thus denoting the\\nbreaking up of the life and the dissipation of vital power h-b Plate XVI.).\\nAll lines that rise from the line of life are marks of increased power, gains,\\nand successes.\\nIf such a line ascend toward or run into the Mount of Jupiter {c-c, Plate\\nXVIII.), it will denote a rise in position or step higher at the date it leaves\\nthe line of life. Such a mark relates more to successful ambition in the\\nsense of power than anything else. If the line, on the contrary, rise to\\nSaturn and follow by the side of the line of fate, it denotes the increase of\\nwealth and worldly things, but resulting from the subject\u00e2\u0080\u0099s own energy and\\ndetermination (d-d, Plate XVIII.).\\nIf the line leave the line of life and ascend to the Mount of the Sun, it\\ndenotes distinction according to the class of hand.\\nIf it leave the line of life and cross to Mercury, it promises great\\nsuccess in business or science, again in accordance with the class of hand", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0137.jp2"}, "136": {"fulltext": "82\\nCheiro s Language of the Hand\\n\u00e2\u0080\u0094whether square, spatulate, or conic. For instance, such a line on the square\\nwould indicate success in business or science; on the spatulate, in invention\\nor discovery: and on the conic it would foretell success in monev matters,\\nreached by the impulsive action of such a nature, as in sudden speculation\\nor enterprise.\\nWhen the line of life divides toward the end and a wide space is shown\\nbetween the lines, it is an indication that the subject will most probably end\\nhis life in a country different from that of his birth, or at least that there will\\nbe some great change from the place of birth to the place of death (a-ei, Plate\\nXIX.).\\nAn island on the line of life means an illness or loss of health while the\\nisland lasts b Plate XIX.), but a clearly formed island at the commencement\\nof the line of life denotes some mystery connected with the subject\u00e2\u0080\u0099s birth.\\nThe line running through a square (c, Plate XIX.) indicates preserva\u00c2\u00ac\\ntion from death, from bad health when it surrounds an island, from sudden\\ndeath when the life-line running through is broken, and from accident when\\na little line cutting the life-line lises from the Plain of Mars (d, Plate XIX.).\\nA square, whenever found on the line of life, is a mark of preservation.\\nOf the great attendant line (Plate XIII.) found parallel to and within the\\nline of life, otherwise called the liue of Mars, I shall speak later. This atten\u00c2\u00ac\\ndant line, the line of Mars, which rises on the Mount of Mars, must not be\\nconfounded with those springing from the liue of life itself, nor with those\\nthat rise upon the Mount of Venus. The simplest rale to bear in mind is,\\nthat all even, well-formed lines following the line of life indicate favorable\\ninfluences over the life (f-f Plate XVII.), but that all those risingin the oppo\u00c2\u00ac\\nsite direction and cutting the life-line show worries and obstacles caused by\\nthe opposition and interference of others {g-g, Plate XVII.). Where these\\nlines end and how they terminate is, therefore, an important point in this\\nstudy.\\nWhen they cut the liue of life only g-g Plate XVII.), they denote the\\ninterference of relatives\u00e2\u0080\u0094generally in the home life.\\nWhen they cross the life-line and attack the liue of fate (e-c, Plate\\nXVI.). they denote people who will oppose us in business or worldly inter\u00c2\u00ac\\nests, and where they cut the fate-line the point of junction gives the date.", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0138.jp2"}, "137": {"fulltext": "The Line of Life.\\n83\\nWhen they reach the line of head (f-f Plate XVI.), they indicate persons\\nwho will influence our thoughts and interfere with our ideas.\\nWhen they reach and cut the line of heart g-g Plate XVI.), they denote\\ninterference in our closest affections, and here the date of such interference is\\ngiven where the line cuts the life-line, and not where it touches the line of\\nheart.\\nWhen they cut and break the line of sun h-h Plate XVI.), they denote\\nthat others will interfere and spoil our position in life, and that the mischief\\nwill be caused by scandal or disgrace at the point of junction.\\nWhen the line ci osses the hand and touches the line of marriage (h-h,\\nPlate XVII.), it signifies divorce, and will occur to the person on whose hand\\nit appears.\\nWhen this crossing-line lias in itself a mark like an island or any ap\u00c2\u00ac\\nproach to it, it denotes that the person who will cause the trouble has had\\neither scandal or some such trouble in connection with his or her own life\\n(ij Plate XVII.).\\nWhen, on the contrary, the ray-lines run parallel as it were to attend the\\nlife-line, they denote the most important influences of our lives (f-f Plate\\nXVII.).\\nI draw special attention to this system, as it prevails among the Hindus,\\nwhere its use dates back to time immemorial. The following points have\\nbeen obtained by close study of the precepts and their practical application\\nbv the Hindus themselves, and not a few of them have been translated\\nalmost verbatim from the quaint leaves of that ancient work before men\u00c2\u00ac\\ntioned. When minuteness of detail is required, the remarkable accuracy of\\nthis system makes it especially valuable.\\nI will give the leading points only, as the subject is well-nigh inex\u00c2\u00ac\\nhaustible.\\nIn the first place, if the ray-line rise on the Mount of Mars (e-e, Plate\\nXVIII.), and lower down touch or attack the life-line in any way, it denotes on\\na woman\u00e2\u0080\u0099s hand some unfavorable attachment in her eail\\\\ life which will\\ncause her much trouble and annoyance.\\nIf the same line, however, only send offshoots or rays to the line of life\\n(f-f, Plate XVIII.), it denotes a similar influence, but one that will continue", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0139.jp2"}, "138": {"fulltext": "84\\nClieiro\u00e2\u0080\u0099s Language of the Hand.\\nto persecute her at different intervals. Again, such a line on a woman\u00e2\u0080\u0099s hand\\nis illustrative of the nature of the man who influences her, as denoting a\\nfiery, passionate, animal temperament.\\nIf, however, the ray-line should rise by the side of the line of life and\\ntravel by the side of it f-f Plate XVII.), it shows, on the woman\u00e2\u0080\u0099s hand, that\\nthe man who enters into her life has the gentler nature, and that she will\\nstrongly influence him.\\nIf the ray-line, rising at any point, in traveling with the life-line, retreats\\nfarther in on the Mount of Venus, thus away from the life, it indicates that\\nthe person with whom the woman is connected will more and more lose\\nsympathy with her, and will eventually drift out of her life altogether (i-i\\nPlate XVI.).\\nWhen the ray-line, however, runs into an island or becomes one itself, it\\nforetells that the influence over her life will run into disgrace, and that some\u00c2\u00ac\\nthing scandalous will result.\\nWhen the attendant line fades out by the side of the life-line, but renews\\nitself later, it tells that the person influencing the life will cease his influence\\nat that particular point, but that it will be renewed again.\\nWhen the line of influence fades altogether, total separation\u00e2\u0080\u0094generally\\ndeath\u00e2\u0080\u0094will be the result of such companionship.\\nWhen one of these attendant lines joins a cross-line and runs over the\\nhand with it, it foretells that through the instrumentality of another the\\naffection of the person influencing the life will change to hate, and that this\\nwill cause injury at whatever point it touch the life, the fate, the head, or the\\nline of heart (e-e, Plate XIX.).\\nThe farther the ray-lines lie from the line of life, the farther removed\\nfrom our lives will those influences be. But, as before remarked, one could\\neasily fill a volume on these lines and cross-lines, which with the Hindus are\\nthe foundation for all systems connected with palmistry.\\nBy this system alone, then, it is reasonable to assume that the student\\ncan predict marriages by considering the relation which these lines bear to\\nthe life-line. We will again refer to this point when we consider the ques\u00c2\u00ac\\ntion of marriage.\\nAnother interesting phase of this subject is the consideration of the", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0140.jp2"}, "139": {"fulltext": "The Line of Life.\\n85\\nnumber of these lines of influence (it being remembered that only those near\\nthe line of life are important). Numerous lines indicate a nature dependent\\nupon affection. Such people are what is called passionate in their disposition;\\nthey may have many liaisons but iu their eyes love redeems all. On the\\nother hand, the full, smooth Mount of Venus indicates that the individual is\\nless affected by those with whom he is associated.\\nWhen the line of life sweeps far out into the hand, thus allowing the\\nMount of Venus a greater scope, it is in itself a sign of good physical strength\\nand long life.\\nWhen, on the contrary, it lies very close to the Mount of Venus, health\\nis not so robust or the body physically so well built. The shorter the line\\nthe shorter the life.\\nThat the line of life does not always show the exact age at which death\\ntakes place I am quite convinced. This line merely denotes the natural term\\nof the subject\u00e2\u0080\u0099s life apart from accidental influences. Catastrophes indicated\\nby other lines of the hand may cut short a life that would otherwise be long.\\nFor instance, a break in the head-line at certain points, as explained in Chap\u00c2\u00ac\\nter VII., will foretell death just as surely as would the broken life-line.\\nAgain, and most important of all, the slope and position of the line of health\\nin relation to the life-line is a point which hitherto has not received the\\nattention it deserves. When we consider the line of health, the relation that\\nthese lines bear to one another will be treated in detail. I may, however,\\nhere remark that, when it is of equal strength with that of life, where these\\nlines meet will be the point of death, even though it be years in advance of\\nwhen the life-line ends. Such a death will be caused by whatever disease is\\nindicated by the health-line, and the province and one of the many uses of\\nthis study is to find out and warn the subject of that germ of disease which\\nis even then the enemy of the system.\\nIn addition to the information I have given here concerning islands,\\nsquares, etc., I refer the student back to Chapter III., which treats of them\\nmore fully. As regards time and the calculation of events, a special chapter\\nwill be devoted to these subjects.", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0141.jp2"}, "140": {"fulltext": "CHAPTER VI.\\nTHE LINE OF MARS.\\nThe line of Mars (Plate XIII.) is otherwise known as the inner vital or\\ninner life line. It rises on the Mount of Mars, and sweeps down by the side of\\nthe line of life, but is distinct in every way from those faint lines known as the\\nattendant lines, of which I spoke a little earlier.\\nThe general characteristic of the line of Mars is that it denotes excess of\\nhealth on all square or broad hands; to a man of this type it gives a mar\u00c2\u00ac\\ntial nature, rather a fighting disposition, and robust strength. It also denotes\\nthat while it runs close to the life-line the individual will be engaged in\\nmany quarrels, and will be subject to a great deal of annoyance which will\\nbring all his martial or fighting qualities into play. It is always an excellent\\nsign on the hand of a soldier.\\nWhen a branch shoots from this line out to the Mount of Luna b-b\\nPlate XX.), it tells that there is a terrible tendency toward intemperance of\\nevery kind, through the very robustness of the nature, and the craving for\\nexcitement that it gives.\\nThe other type of the line of Mars is found on the long narrow hand, and\\nhere it is generally by the side of a delicate fragile, line of life. Its character\u00c2\u00ac\\nistics in such a hand are that it supports the life-line, carrying it past any\\ndangerous breaks, and giving vitality to the nature.\\nA broken line of life with such a line beside it will at the point of the\\nbreak indicate closeness to death, but helped bv this mark the subject will\\nrecover, through the great vitality given by the line of Mars.\\n86", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0142.jp2"}, "141": {"fulltext": "Explanation of Movement.\\nThe needle started at 1, went to 2, from 2 to 3, from 3 to 4-, and so on with the numbers marked inside the chart.\\nThe numbers outside show the duration of the stoppage, viz: in No. 1 chart it will be seen that at No. 2 movement the needle remained for five\\nseconds before it moved to 3, whereas in No. 2 chart at No. 2 movement it would not remain steady.", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0143.jp2"}, "142": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0144.jp2"}, "143": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0145.jp2"}, "144": {"fulltext": "Plate XVII.", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0146.jp2"}, "145": {"fulltext": "CHAPTER VII.\\nTHE LINE OF HEAD.\\nTo know is power\u00e2\u0080\u009d\u00e2\u0080\u0094let ustlien be wise,\\nAnd use our brains with every good intent,\\nThat at the end we come with tired eyes\\nAnd give to Nature more than what she lent.\\nCheiro.\\nThe line of head (Plate XIII.) relates principally to the mentality of the\\nsubject\u00e2\u0080\u0094to the intellectual strength or weakness, to the temperament in its\\nrelation to talent, ami to the direction and quality of the talent itself.\\nIt is of extreme importance in connection with this line that the peculiar\u00c2\u00ac\\nities of the various types be borne in mind; as, for instance, a sloping line of\\nhead on a psychic or conic hand is not of half the importance of a sloping\\nline on a square hand. We will, however, take general characteristics first,\\nand proceed to consider variations afterward.\\nThe line of head can rise from three different points\u00e2\u0080\u0094from the center of\\nthe Mount of Jupiter, from the commencement of the line of life, or from the\\nMount of Mars, within the life-line.\\nRising from Jupiter (c-c, Plate XX.) and yet touching the line of life, it\\nis, if a long line of head, the most powerful of all. Such a subject will have\\ntalent, energy, and daring determination of purpose, with boundless ambition\\ncombined with reason. Such a man will control others, yet not seem to con\u00c2\u00ac\\ntrol them; he will have caution even in his most daring designs; he takes\\npride in his management of people or things, and is strong in rule, but just in\\nthe administration of power.\\nThere is a variation of this which is almost equally strong. This again\\nrises on Jupiter, but is slightly separated from the line of life. Such a type\\nwill have the characteristics of the first, but with less control and diplomacy.\\n87", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0147.jp2"}, "146": {"fulltext": "88\\nClieiro s Language of the Hand.\\nHe will be liasty in decision, impetuous in action. As a leader in a crisis such\\na man would find his greatest opportunity. When, however, the space is very\\nwide, the subject will be foolhardy, egotistical, and will rush blindly into\\ndanger.\\nThe line of head from the commencement of the line of life, and\\nconnected with it (d-d, Plate XVI.), indicates a sensitive and more nervous\\ntemperament; it denotes excess of caution; even clever people with this mark\\nrein themselves down too tightly.\\nThe line of head rising from the Mount of Mars, within the life-line (f-f\\nPlate XIX.), is not such a favorable sign, it being the extreme on the in\u00c2\u00ac\\nside of the life-line, as the wide-spaced head-line is the extreme on the out\u00c2\u00ac\\nside. This indicates a fretful, worrying temperament, inconstant in thought,\\ninconstant in action; the shifting sands of the sea are more steadfast than are\\nthe ideas of such an individual, and the connection with Mars gives his\\nnature this one disagreeable trait\u00e2\u0080\u0094he is always in conflict with his neigh\u00c2\u00ac\\nbors he is also highly sensitive, nervous, and more or less irritable.\\nThe generalities indicated by the line of head are as follows:\\nWhen straight, clear, and even, it denotes practical common sense and a\\nlove of material things more than those of the imagination.\\nWhen straight in the first half, then slightly sloping, it shows a balance\\nbetween the purely imaginative and the purely practical; such a subject will\\nhave a level-headed, common-sense way of going to work, even when dealing\\nwith imaginative things.\\nWhen the entire line has a slight slope, there is a leaning toward imag\u00c2\u00ac\\ninative work, the quality of such imagination denoting, in accordance with\\nthe type of hand, either music, painting, literature, or mechanical invention.\\nWhen very sloping, romance, idealism, imaginative work, and Boliemianism.\\nWlien sloping, and terminating with a fine fork on the Mount of Luna, it\\npromises literary talent of the imaginative order.\\nWhen extremely long and straight, and going directly to the side of the\\nhand (the percussion), it usually denotes that the subject has more than\\nordinary intellectual power, but is inclined to be selfish in the use of that\\npower.\\nWhen this line lies straight a\u00e2\u0080\u0099cross the hand and slightly curves upward", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0148.jp2"}, "147": {"fulltext": "The Line of Head.\\n89\\non Mars {g-g, Plate XIX.), the subject will win unusual success in a business\\nlife; such a man will have a keen sense of the value of money\u00e2\u0080\u0094it will accumu\u00c2\u00ac\\nlate rapidly in his hands. Such a sign, however, denotes the taskmaster of\\nPharaoh who expects his work-people to make bricks without straw.\\nWhen the line is short, barely reaching the middle of the hand, it tells of\\na nature that is thoroughly material. Such a man will utterly lack all the\\nimaginative faculties, although in things practical he will be quite at home.\\nWhen abnormally short, it foreshadows some early death from some\\nmental affection.\\nWhen broken in two under the Mount of Saturn, it tells of an early\\nsudden death by fatality.\\nWhen linked, or made up of little pieces like a chain, it denotes want of\\nfixity of ideas, and indecision.\\nWhen full of little islands and hair-lines, it tells of great pain to the head\\nand danger of brain disease.\\nWhen the line of head is so high on the hand that the space is extremely\\nnarrow between it and the line of heart, the head will completely rule the\\nheart, if that line be the strongest, and vice versa.\\nIf the line should turn at the end, or if, in its course down the hand, it\\nsends an offshoot or branch to any particular mount, by so doing it partakes\\nof the qualities of that mount:\\nToward the Mount of Luna, imagination, mysticism, and a leaning\\ntoward occult things.\\nToward Mercury, commerce or science.\\nToward the Sun, the desire for notoriety.\\nToward Saturn, music, religion, and depth of thought.\\nWith a branch to Jupiter, pride and ambition for power.\\nIf a branch from the line of head rises up and joins the line of heart, it\\nforeshadows some great fascination or affection, at which moment the subject\\nwill be blind to reason and danger.\\nA double line of head is very rarely found, but when found it is a sure\\nsign of brain power and mentality. Such people have a perfectly double\\nnature\u00e2\u0080\u0094one side sensitive and gentle, the other confident, cold, and cruel.\\nThey have enormous versatility, great command of language, a peculiar", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0149.jp2"}, "148": {"fulltext": "90 Cheird\u00e2\u0080\u0099s Language of the Hand.\\npower for playing and toying with human nature, and generally great will\\nand determination.\\nWhen the line of head is broken in two on both hands, it foretells some\\nfatal accident or violence to the head.\\nAn island is a sign of weakness O Plate XVII.). When clearly defined,\\nif the line does not extend farther, the person will never recover.\\nIf the line of head sends an offshoot to or runs into a star on the Mount\\nof Jupiter, it is a sign of wonderful success in ail things attempted.\\nWhen a number of little hair-lines branch upward from the line of head\\nto that of heart, the affections will be a matter of fascination, not of love.\\nWhen the line of head runs into or through a square, it indicates preser\u00c2\u00ac\\nvation from accident or violence by the subject\u00e2\u0080\u0099s own courage and presence\\nof mind.\\nWhen there is a space found between the line of head and that of life, it\\nis beneficial when not too wide; when medium, it denotes splendid energy\\nand self-confidence, promptness of action and readiness of thought (f-f\\nPlate XXI.). This is a useful sign for barristers, actors, preachers, etc., but\\npeople with such a mark would do well to sleep on their decisions\u00e2\u0080\u0094they are\\ninclined to be too hasty, self-confident, and impatient. When this space is\\nextremely wide, it denotes foolhardiness, assurance, excessive effrontery, and\\nself-confidence.\\nWhen the line of head, on the contrary, is very tightly connected with\\nthat of life, and low down in the hand, there is utter want of self-confidence.\\nSuch individuals suffer greatly from extreme sensitiveness, and the slightest\\nthing will wound and grieve them.", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0150.jp2"}, "149": {"fulltext": "CHAPTER VIII.\\nTHE LINE OF HEAD IN RELATION TO THE SEVEN TYPES.\\nThe general rules to be observed in connection with this most remarkable\\npoint are as follows\\nThe line of head is usually in accordance with the type of hand on which\\nit is found\u00e2\u0080\u0094namely, practical on a practical type, imaginative on an artistic,\\nand so on. It therefore follows that signs contrary to the nature are more\\nimportant than characteristics indicated in accordance with it.\\nThese peculiarities, it is therefore more reasonable to assume, relate to\\nthe development of the brain outside and beyond its natural characteristics.\\nSuch a divergence might be accounted for by the theory that the various ten\u00c2\u00ac\\ndencies of the brain reach their working point through a process of slow\\ngrowth and development, similar to-tlie evolutions of life itself. It therefore\\nfollows that at the age of twenty there may be the commencement of a develop\u00c2\u00ac\\nment which may alter the entire life at thirty but as that change has already\\ncommenced in the brain, so must it affect the nerves and thus the hand. Thus\\na tendency toward a change of thought or action is indicated years before it\\ntakes place.\\nStarting with the elementary hand, or the nearest approach to it found\\nin these countries, the natural head-line on such a type would be short,\\nstraight, and heavy; consequently the development of it to any unusual ex\u00c2\u00ac\\ntent will show unusual characteristics in such a subject. For instance, such\\na line of head dropping downward toward Luna will show an imaginative\\nbut superstitious tendency, completely at variance with the brutal and animal\\nnature it influences. This accounts for the fear of the unknown, the super\u00c2\u00ac\\nstitious dread that is so often found among the lower class of humanity,\\nparticularly among savage tribes.\\n91", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0151.jp2"}, "150": {"fulltext": "92\\nCheiro\u00e2\u0080\u0099s Language of the Hand.\\nTHE LINE OF HEAD IN DELATION TO THE SQUARE HAND.\\nThe square hand, as I have stated (Part I., Chapter III.), is the useful or\\npractical hand; it deals with logic, method, reason, science, and all things\\nappertaining to such matters.\\nThe line of head on such a type is straight and long, in keeping with\\nthe characteristics of the hand itself. It therefore follows that the slight\u00c2\u00ac\\nest appearance of this line sloping, being the direct opposite to the nature,\\nshows even a greater development of the imaginative faculties than a far\\ngreater slope of the same line on a conic or psychic, but the difference\\nin the class of work would be the difference of temperament. The square\\nhand with the sloping head-line would start with a practical foundation for\\nimaginative work, whereas the other would be purely inspirational and\\nimaginative. This difference is extremely noticeable in the hands of writers,\\npainters, musicians, etc.\\nTHE LINE OF HEAD IN RELATION TO THE SPATULATE HAND.\\nThe spatulate hand (Part I., Chapter IV.) is the hand of action, invention,\\nindependence, and originality. The natural position for the line of head on\\nthis type is long, clear, and slightly sloping. When, therefore, on such a hand\\nthis sloping is accentuated, the result is that all these characteristics are\\ndoubled or strengthened; but when lying straight, the opposite of the type,\\nthe subject\u00e2\u0080\u0099s practical ideas wiil keep the others so much in check that the\\nplans of the imagination will not get scope for fulfilment, and, as far as the\\ntemperament is concerned, the nature will be restless, irritable, and dis\u00c2\u00ac\\nsatisfied.\\nTHE LINE OF HEAD IN RELATION TO THE PHILOSOPHIC HAND.\\nThe philosophic hand (Part I., Chapter V.) is thoughtful, earnest in the\\npursuit of wisdom, but imaginative and rather eccentric in the application of\\nideas to every-day life. The natural position for the line of head on this type\\nis long, closely connected with the line of life, set low down on the hand, and\\nsloping. The unnatural type, or the man with the straight line of head on", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0152.jp2"}, "151": {"fulltext": "The Line of Head in Relation to the Seven Types. 9d\\nthe philosophic hand, the line set high on the hand and straight, is critical,\\nanalytical, and cynical; he will pursue wisdom, and particularly the study of\\nhis fellow-men, only to analyze their faults and failings, to expose their fads,\\nfancies, and foibles; he will stand on the border-land of the mystic, to sneer\\nat the unreal, to laugh in the face of the real; he will fear nothing, neither\\nthings spiritual nor things material; he can be imaginative or practical at\\nwill; a genius that discredits genius, a philosopher that disarms philosophy\\n\u00e2\u0080\u0094such is the hand of a Carlyle.\\nTHE LINE OF HEAD IN EEFEEENCE TO THE CONIC HAND.\\nThe conic hand (Part I., Chapter VI.) belongs to the artistic, impulsive\\nnature, the children of ideas, the lovers of sentiment.\\nIn this type the natural position for the line of head is that which grad\u00c2\u00ac\\nually slopes downward to the Mount of Luna, generally to the middle of it.\\nThis is the most characteristic, and gives the freedom of Bohemianism to\\nthese worshipers of the beautiful; here it is that we find the greatest leaning\\ntoward sentiment, romance, and ideality, in opposition to the practical qualities\\nof the square type. These are indeed the luxurious children of the Sun;\\nthey have a keen appreciation for the things of art, but are often without the\\npower to give expression to their artistic ideas. However, when the line of\\nhead is straight, in combination with such a nature, a very remarkable result\\nfollows. The subject with such a hand will make every use of his artistic\\nideas and talents, but in a practical direction; he will intuitively feel what\\nthe public demands; he will not care for art so much as for the money it\\nbrings; he will conquer the natural love of ease and luxury by strength of\\ncommon sense and determination where the man with the sloping head-line\\nwould paint one picture he will paint ten\u00e2\u0080\u0094and, furthermore, he will sell them.\\nWhy Because through his practical business sense he will know what the\\npublic wants, and as is the demand, so will be the supply.\\nTHE LINE OF HEAD IN EELATION TO THE PSYCHIC HAND.\\nThe natural position for the line of head on this hand is extremely sloping,\\ngiving all the visionary, dreamy qualities in accordance with this type. It", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0153.jp2"}, "152": {"fulltext": "Cheiro\u00e2\u0080\u0099s Language of the Hand.\\n9\\nis one of the rarest things to find a straight line of he^n on such a hand,\\nbut when found it is generally on the right hand, the left being still very\\nsloping. Such a formation denotes that by the pressure of circumstances the\\nentire nature has undergone a change and has become more practical. This\\ntype, even with the straight line of head, can never be very material or busi\u00c2\u00ac\\nness-like, but in matters of art the subject will have a very good chance, as\\nhe would have more opportunity to exercise his talents, yet even in art it\\nwould require the greatest tact and strongest encouragement to induce him\\nto turn his talents to practical use.\\nBy such illustrations the student will understand how to make every\\nother modification in accordance with the type of hand. The modifications\\nof the head-line are more important than any other marks that the hand\\npossesses.", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0154.jp2"}, "153": {"fulltext": "CHAPTER IX.\\nINSANITY AS SHOWN BY THE LINE OF HEAD.\\nThebe is really no tendency which the hand denotes more plainly than\\ninsanity, whether hereditary or brought on by circumstances. The multitude\\nof forms which could be gathered under this heading cannot be entered into\\nin this work, but I will endeavor to show the most general.\\nIt must be borne in mind that any point that is beyond the normal is ab\u00c2\u00ac\\nnormal. When, therefore, the line of head sinks to an abnormal point on the\\nMount of Luna, the imagination of the subject is abnormal and unnatural.\\nThis will be more important in the elementary, square, spatulate, and philo\u00c2\u00ac\\nsophic, than in relation to the conic or psychic types. When the line of head,\\neven on a child\u00e2\u0080\u0099s hand, reaches this unnatural point, it may grow up to man\u00c2\u00ac\\nhood or womanhood with perfect clearness and sanity of ideas, but as surely\\nas a mental shock or strain comes, so surely will that brain be thrown off its\\nbalance, and insanity will be the result.\\nThe same development of the line of head, with an unusually high Mount\\nof Saturn, will denote a morbidly imaginative nature from the very start\\n(Plate XXV.). Such a subject is gloomy, morose, and melancholy, and this\\ntendency, even without cause, generally increases until the subject completely\\nloses his or her mental balance.\\nTemporary insanity is shown by a narrow island in the center of a slop\u00c2\u00ac\\ning line of head, but this mark generally indicates some brain-illness or\\ntemporary insanity consequent upon brain-fever.\\nThe hand of the congenital idiot is remarkable for its very small, badly\\ndeveloped thumb, and for a line of head sloping and made up of broad lines\\nfilled with a series of islands, like a chain.\\nI have further illustrated these remarks in Part III., Chapter V on various\\nphases of insanity as shown by the hand.\\n95", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0155.jp2"}, "154": {"fulltext": "1)6\\nClieiro\u00e2\u0080\u0099s Language of the Hand.\\nMURDEROUS PROPENSITIES AS SHOWN BY THE LINE OF HEAD.\\nThe mere act of murder, such as one man killing another in the heat of\\npassion or in self-defense, is not shown by the hand except as a past event,\\nand then only when it has deeply affected a very sensitive nature; but if\\npropensities for crime exist, the age at which they will reach their active\\nor working point in the nature is decidedly shown, as I will proceed to\\ndemonstrate.\\nI have explained in the foregoing remarks that, when the line of head is\\nabnormal in one direction, abnormal characteristics are the result, such as in\u00c2\u00ac\\nsanity, morbidness, and extreme melancholy, which under certain conditions\\nlead to self-murder. These, however, are abnormal characteristics denoted\\nby the falling line. We will now consider the abnormalities indicated by the\\nrising line of head.\\nIt will be remembered that I have previously stated that the line of head\\ndivides the hand into two hemispheres\u00e2\u0080\u0094that of mind and that of matter; and\\nthat if it be high on the hand, then the world of matter has greater scope, and\\nthe subject is more brutal and animal in his desires. This has been amply\\nproved by the hands of those who have lived a life of crime, particularly if\\nthey have been murderous in their propensities (Plate XXIY.).\\nIn such cases the line of head leaves its proper place on the hand and\\nrises and takes possession of the line of heart, and sometimes even passes\\nbeyond it. Whether such people murder one or twenty is not the question.\\nThe point is that they have abnormal tendencies for crime; they stop at\\nnothing in the accomplishment of their purpose, and under the slightest\\nprovocation or temptation they must and will gratify these strange and terri\u00c2\u00ac\\nble propensities. The extraordinary thing in connection with this point is\\nthat the same line also predicts years in advance when these propensities\\nwill cause the destruction of the subject. If the head and heart meet\\nunder Saturn, it will occur before he is twenty-five; between Saturn and\\nthe Sun, before thirty-five; under the Mount of the Sun, before forty-\\nfive; and so on. This is one of the most interesting points in the study\\nof the hand, and goes far to prove that, once the line of head goes over or", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0156.jp2"}, "155": {"fulltext": "Insanity as Shown by the Line of Head.\\n97\\nunder what should be its normal position, it betrays these various inherent\\ntendencies in the character and the nature of the subject. In this way it\\nwill be seen that this study could be used to the greatest advantage in the\\ntraining of children and young persons, as the line of head from the earliest\\nindicates the mental bent of the subject whether for good or evil. There can\\nbe no doubt but that nature points in some way, even years in advance, to\\nthe harvest of those seeds that we are continually sowing; let us then look\\nfacts in the face whether they speak against ourselves or our children.\\nHumanity has little pity for the reaper when binding the sheaves of regret:\\nlie cries, I did not know the seeds that I had sown.\\n[Note. I do not use or pay attention to such signs as the red cross on Mars or the black spot\\non Saturn as indications of murder. I consider that they belong to the more superstitious\\nside of this work, and are relics of that black age which once claimed palmistry as its own.]", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0157.jp2"}, "156": {"fulltext": "CHAPTER X.\\nTHE LINE OF HEAKT.\\nKeep still, my heart,\\nNor ask for peace, when care may suit thee best,\\nNor ask for love, nor joy, nor even rest,\\nBut be content to love, whate\u00e2\u0080\u0099er betide,\\nAnd maybe love will bring thee to Love\u00e2\u0080\u0099s side.\\nCheiro.\\nThe line of heart is naturally an important line in the study of the hand.\\nLove, or the attraction of the sexes from natural causes, plays one of the\\nmost prominent parts in the drama of life, and as in the nature so in the\\nhand. The line of heart, otherwise called the rnensal (Plate XIII.), is that\\nline which runs across the upper portion of the hand at the base of the\\nMounts^of Jupiter, Saturn, the Sun, and Mercury.\\nThe line of heart should be deep, clear, and well colored. It may rise\\nfrom three important positions, as follows: the middle of the Mount of\\nJupiter, between the first and second fingers, and from the center of the\\nMount of Saturn.\\nWhen it rises from the center of Jupiter (d-d, Plate XX.), it gives the\\nhighest type of love\u00e2\u0080\u0094the pride and the worship of the heart\u00e2\u0080\u0099s ideal. A man\\nwith such a formation is firm, strong, and reliable in his affections; he is as\\nwell ambitious that the woman of his choice shall be great, noble, and famous\\n\u00e2\u0080\u0094such a man would never marry beneath his station, and will have far less\\nlove-affairs than the man with the line from Saturn.\\nNext we will consider the line rising from the Mount of Jupiter, even\\nfrom the finger itself (e-e, Plate XX.). This denotes the excess of all the fore\u00c2\u00ac\\ngoing qualities; it gives the blind enthusiast, the man so carried away by his\\npride that he can see no faults, no failings in that being whom he so devotedly\\nworships. Alas! such people are the sufferers in the world of affection\\n98", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0158.jp2"}, "157": {"fulltext": "Plate XVIII.", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0159.jp2"}, "158": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0160.jp2"}, "159": {"fulltext": "The Line of Heart.\\n99\\nwhen their idols fall, as idols will sometimes, the shock to their pride is so\\ngreat that they rarely if ever recover from its effects; but the shock, it must\\nbe remarked, is more to their own pride than to the mere fact that the idol\\nthey worshiped had feet of clay. Poor worshiper! when wilt thou see that,\\nthough women be pure, they be not perfect; they are but human, and being\\nhuman they are more fitting than if they were divine. Why, then, place them\\nso high that they are the more likely to fall f Their place is by thy side, the\\ncompanion of thy humanity, the sister part of all thy faults.\\nThe line rising between the first and second fingers gives a calm but\\ndeeper nature in matters of love (f-f Plate XX.). Such individuals seem to\\nrest between the ideality given by Jupiter and the passionate ardor given by\\nSaturn. They are quieter and more subdued in their passions.\\nWith the line of heart rising from Saturn, the subject will have more\\npassion in his attachments, and will be more or less selfish in satisfying his\\naffections; in home life he is never so expressive or demonstrative as are\\nthose with the line from Jupiter. The excess of this is the same kind of line\\nrising very high on the mount, often from the very finger of Saturn. Such a\\nsubject is far more passionate and sensual than any of the others. It is\\ngenerally admitted that very sensual people are very selfish\u00e2\u0080\u0094in this case they\\nare extremely so.\\nWhen the line of heart is itself in excess, namely, lying right across the\\nhand from side to side, an excess of affection is the result, and a terrible\\ntendency toward jealousy; this is still more accentuated by a very long line\\nof heart rising to the outside of the hand and reaching the base of the first\\nfinger.\\nWhen the line of heart is much fretted by a crowd of little lines rising\\ninto it, it tells of inconstancy, flirtations, a series of amourettes but no lasting\\naffection (Plate XX.).\\nA line of heart from Saturn, chained and broad, gives an utter contempt\\nfor the subject\u00e2\u0080\u0099s opposite sex.\\nWhen the line of heart is bright red, it denotes great violence of passion.\\nWhen pale and broad, the subject is blase and indifferent.\\nWhen low down on the hand and thus close to the line of head, the heart\\nwill always interfere with the affairs of the head.", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0161.jp2"}, "160": {"fulltext": "100\\nClieiro s Language of the Hand.\\nWhen, however, it lies high on the hand, and the space is narrowed by\\nthe line of head being too close, the reverse is the case, and the head will so\\ncompletely rule the affections that it gives a hard, cold nature, envious and\\nuncharitable.\\nBreaks in the line tell of disappointment in affection\u00e2\u0080\u0094under Saturn,\\nbrought about by fatality; under the Sun, through pride; and under Mercury,\\nthrough folly and caprice.\\nWhen the line of heart commences with a small fork on the Mount of\\nJupiter j-j Plate XVI.), it is an unfailing sign of a true, honest nature and\\nenthusiasm in love.\\nA very remarkable point is to notice whether the line of heart commence\\nhigh or low on the hand. The first is the best, because it shows the happiest\\nnature.\\nThe line lying so low that it droops down toward the line of head is a\\nsure sign of unhappiness in affections during the early portion of the life.\\nWhen the line of heart forks, with one branch resting on Jupiter, the\\nother between the first and second fingers, it is a sign of a happy, tranquil\\nnature, good fortune, and happiness in affection; but when the fork is so\\nwide that one branch rests on Jupiter, the other on Saturn, it then denotes a\\nvery uncertain disposition, and one that is not inclined to make the marital\\nrelations happy, through its erratic temperament in affection.\\nWhen the line is quite bare of branches and thin, it tells of coldness of\\nheart and want of affection.\\nWhen bare and thin toward the percussion or side of the hand, it denotes\\nsterility.\\nFine lines rising up to the line of heart from the line of head denote\\nthose who influence our thoughts in affairs of the heart, and by being crossed\\nor uncrossed denote if the affection has brought trouble or has been smooth\\nand fortunate.\\nWhen the lines of heart, head and life are very much joined together, it\\nis an evil sign; in all matters of affection such a subject would stick at\\nnothing to obtain his or her desires.\\nA subject with no line of heart, or with very little, has not the power of\\nfeeling very deep affection. Such a person can, however, be very sensual, par-", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0162.jp2"}, "161": {"fulltext": "The Line of Heart.\\n101\\ntieularly if the hand is soft. On a hard hand such a mark will affect the\\nsubject less\u00e2\u0080\u0094he may not be sensual, but he will never feel very deep\\naffection.\\nWhen, however, the line has been there, but has faded out, it is a sign\\nthat the subject has had such terrible disappointments in affection that he\\nhas become cold, heartless, and indifferent.", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0163.jp2"}, "162": {"fulltext": "CHAPTER XI.\\nTHE LINE OF FATE.\\nAnd what is fate\\nA perfect law that shapes all things for good;\\nAnd thus, that men may have a just reward\\nFor doing what is right, not caring should\\nNo earthly crown he theirs, hut in accord\\nWith what is true, and high, and great.\\nAnd in the end\u00e2\u0080\u0094the part as to the whole\u00e2\u0080\u0094\\nSo shall all he in the success of all\\nSo shall all share; for the All-conscious Soul\\nNotes e\u00e2\u0080\u0099en the sparrow\u00e2\u0080\u0099s feehle fall.\\nAnd such is fate.\\nCheiro.\\nThe line of fate (Plate XIII.), otherwise called the line of destiny, or the\\nSaturnian, is the center upright line on the palm of the hand.\\nIn the consideration of this line the type of hand plays an important part;\\nfor instance, the line of fate, even in the most successful hands, is less marked\\non the elementary, the square, and the spatulate, than on the philosophic, the\\nconic, or the psychic. These upright lines are more in keeping with the latter\\nhands, and are therefore less important on them; consequently if one sees,\\nas one often will, an apparently very strong line of fate on a conic hand,\\none must remember that it has not half the importance of a similiar line on\\na square type as far as worldly success is concerned. This point, I am sorry\\nto say, has been completely overlooked by other writers, though it is one of\\nthe most significant in this study. It is useless to simply give a map of the\\nhand without clearly explaining this point. The bewildered student sees\\nthis long line of fate marked as a sign of great fortune and success, and\\nnaturally concludes that a small line on the square hand means nothing, and\\nthat a long one on the conic or psychic means success, fame, and fortune,\\nwhereas it has not one quarter the importance of the small line shown on the\\n102", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0164.jp2"}, "163": {"fulltext": "The Line of Fate\\n103\\nsquare. I wish to emphasize this as so many students throw up palmistry\\nin despair through not having this point explained at the start.\\nThe strange and mysterious thing to note is that the possessors of the\\nphilosophic, conic, and psychic hands which bear these heavily marked lines\\nare more or less believers in fate, whereas the possessors of the square and\\nspatulate rarely if ever believe in fate at all.\\nBefore the student goes farther I would recommend him, once and for\\nall, to settle this doctrine of fate, either for or against.\\nThe line of fate, properly speaking, relates to all worldly affairs, to our\\nsuccess or failure, to the people who influence our career, whether such influ\u00c2\u00ac\\nences be beneficial or otherwise, to the barriers and obstacles in our way, and\\nto the ultimate result of our career.\\nThe line of fate may rise from the line of life, the wrist, the Mount of\\nLuna, the line of head, or even the line of heart.\\nIf the fate-line rise from the line of life and from that point on is strong,\\nsuccess and riches will be won by personal merit; but if the line be marked\\nlow down near the wrist and tied down, as it were, by the side of the life-line,\\nit tells that the early portion of the subject\u00e2\u0080\u0099s life will be sacrificed to the\\nwishes of parents or relatives g-g Plate XX.).\\nWhen the line of fate rises from the wrist and proceeds straight up the\\nhand to its destination on the Mount of Saturn, it is a sign of extreme good\\nfortune and success.\\nRising from the Mount of Luna, fate and success will be more or less\\ndependent on the fancy and caprice of other people. This is very often found\\nin the case of public favorites.\\nIf the line of fate be straight and a branch run in and join it from the\\nMount of Luna, it is somewhat similar in its meaning\u00e2\u0080\u0094it signifies that\\nthe strong influence of some other person out of fancy or caprice will assist\\nthe subject in his or her career. On a woman\u00e2\u0080\u0099s hand, if this ray-line from\\nLuna travel on afterward by the side of the line of fate, it denotes a wealthy\\nmarriage or influence which accompanies and assists her h\u00e2\u0080\u0094h Plate XX.).\\nIf the line of fate in its course to the Mount of Saturn send offshoots\\nto any other mount, it denotes that the qualities of that particular mount will\\ndominate the life.", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0165.jp2"}, "164": {"fulltext": "104\\nCheiro\u00e2\u0080\u0099s Language of the Hand.\\nIf the line of fate itself should go to any mount or portion of the hand\\nother than the Mount of Saturn, it foretells great success in that particular\\ndirection, according to the characteristics of the mount.\\nIf the line of fate ascend to the center of the Mount of Jupiter, unusual\\ndistinction and power will come into the subject\u00e2\u0080\u0099s life. It also relates to\\ncharacter. Such people are born to climb up higher than their fellows\\nthrough their enormous energy, ambition, and determination.\\nIf the line of fate should at any point throw a branch in that direction,\\nnamely, toward Jupiter, it shows more than usual success at that particular\\nstage of life.\\nIf the line of fate terminate by crossing its own mount and reaching\\nJupiter, success will be so great in the end that it will go far toward satisfy\u00c2\u00ac\\ning even the ambition of such a subject.\\nWhen the line runs beyond the palm, cutting into the finger of Saturn, it\\nis not a good sign, as everything will go too far. For instance, if such an in\u00c2\u00ac\\ndividual be a leader, his subjects will some day go beyond his wishes and\\npower, and will most probably turn and attack their commander.\\nWhen the line of fate is abruptly stopped by the line of heart, success\\nwill be ruined through the affections; when, however, it joins the line of\\nheart and they together ascend Jupiter, the subject will have his or her high\u00c2\u00ac\\nest ambition gratified through the affections {h-h, Plate XIX.).\\nWhen stopped by the line of head, it foretells that success will be\\nthwarted by some stupidity or blunder of the head.\\nIf the line of fate does not rise until late in the Plain of Mars, it denotes\\na very difficult, hard, and troubled life; but if it goes on well up the hand, all\\ndifficulties will be surmounted, and once over the first half of the life all the\\nrest will be smooth. Such success comes from the subject\u00e2\u0080\u0099s own energy, per\u00c2\u00ac\\nseverance, and determination.\\nIf the line of fate rise from the line of head, and that line be well marked,\\nthen success will be won late in life, after a hard struggle and through the\\nsubject\u00e2\u0080\u0099s talents.\\nWhen it rises from the line of heart extremely late in life, after a difficult\\nstruggle success will be won.\\nWhen the line rises with one branch from the base of Luna, the other", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0166.jp2"}, "165": {"fulltext": "The Line of Fate.\\n105\\nfrom Venus, the subject\u00e2\u0080\u0099s destiny will sway between imagination on the one\\nhand and love and passion on the other (m-m, Plate XXI.).\\nV hen broken and irregular, the career will be uncertain; the ups and\\ndowns of success and failm*e full of light and shadow.\\nWhen there is a break in the line, it is a sure sign of misfortune and loss;\\nbut if the second portion of the line begin before the other leaves off, it de\u00c2\u00ac\\nnotes a complete change in life, and if very decided it will mean a change\\nmore in accordance with the subject\u00e2\u0080\u0099s own wishes in the way of position and\\nsuccess a-a Plate XXI.).\\nA double or sister fate-line is an excellent sign. It denotes two distinct\\ncareers which the subject will follow. This is much more important if they go\\nto different mounts.\\nA square on the line of fate protects the subject from loss through\\nmoney, business, or financial matters. A square touching the line in the\\nPlain of Mars h Plate XXI.) foretells danger from accident in relation to\\nhome life if on the side of the fate-line next the line of life; from accident\\nin travel if on the side of the fate-line next the Mount of Luna.\\nA cross is a sign of trouble and follows the same rules as the square, but\\nan island in the line of fate is a mark of misfortune, loss, and adversity\\n(d, Plate XXI.). It is sometimes marked with the line of influence from Luna,\\nand in such a case means loss and misfortune caused by the influence, be it\\nmarriage or otherwise, which affects the life at that date (c, Plate XXI.).\\nPeople without any sign of a line of fate are often very successful, but\\nthey lead more a vegetable kind of existence. They eat, drink, and sleep, but\\nI do not think we can really call them happy, for they cannot feel acutely,\\nand to feel happiness we must also feel the reverse. Sunshine and shadow,\\nsmiles and tears comprise the sum total of our lives.", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0167.jp2"}, "166": {"fulltext": "CHAPTER XII.\\nTHE LINE OF SUN.\\nAnd there are some who have success in wealth,\\nAnd some in war, and some again in peace,\\nAnd some who, gaining their success in health,\\nSee other things decrease.\\nMan can\u00e2\u0080\u0099t have all\u00e2\u0080\u0094the sun consumes itself\\nBy burning in its lap more feeble stars,\\nAnd those who crave the Hindu idol\u00e2\u0080\u0099s part\\nOft crush their children \u00e2\u0080\u0099neath their gilded cars.\\nCheiro.\\nThe line of snn (Plate XIII.), otherwise called the line of Apollo, the line\\nof brilliancy, or the line of success, must, like the line of fate, be considered\\nwith the type of hand on which it lies; for instance, it will be more heavily\\nmarked on the philosophic, conic, and psychic, and not mean as much as a\\nsimilar line on the square or spatulate. The same rule given in reference to\\nthe line of fate therefore applies to this.\\nI prefer in my work to call this the line of sun, as this name is more\\nexpressive and more clear in meaning. It increases the success given by a\\ngood line of fate, and gives fame and distinction to the life when it is in\\naccordance with the work and career given by the other lines of the hand;\\notherwise it merely relates to a temperament that is keenly alive to the\\nartistic, but unless the rest of the hand bears this out, the subject will have\\nthe appreciation of art without the power of expression.\\nThe line of sun may rise from the line of life, the Mount of Luna, the\\nPlain of Mars, the line of head, or the line of heart.\\nRising from the line of life, with the rest of the hand artistic, it denotes\\nthat the life will be devoted to the worship of the beautiful. With the other\\nlines good, it promises success in artistic pursuits.\\n106", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0168.jp2"}, "167": {"fulltext": "MODIFICATIONS OF THE PRINCIPAL LINES.\\nPlate XIX.", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0169.jp2"}, "168": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0170.jp2"}, "169": {"fulltext": "The Line of Sun.\\n107\\nRising from the line of fate, it increases the success promised by the line\\nof fate, and gives more distinction from whatever date it is marked\u00e2\u0080\u0094from\\nthat time on things will greatly improve.\\nIt is far more accurate and less misleading to class this line as relating\\nto brilliancy or success\u00e2\u0080\u0094as its name implies\u00e2\u0080\u0094than to call it the line of\\nApollo or of art. It depends upon the talent shown by the line of head, and\\nthe class of hand itself, to determine in what way the success is shown,\\nwhether in art or in riches.\\nFrom the Mount of Luna it promises success and distinction, largely\\ndependent upon the fancies and the help of others. In this case it is never a\\ncertain sign of success, being so influenced by the fortunes of those we come\\nin contact with {e-e, Plate XXL).\\nWith a sloping line of head, however, it is more inclined to denote suc\u00c2\u00ac\\ncess in poetry, literature, and things of the purely imaginative order.\\nRising upon the Plain of Mars, it promises sunshine after tears, success\\nafter difficulty.\\nRising from the line of head, there is no caprice of other people in con\u00c2\u00ac\\nnection with success, the talents of the subject alone being its factor, but not\\nuntil the second half of life is reached.\\nRising from the line of heart it merely denotes a great taste for art\\nand artistic things, and looking at it from the purely practical standpoint\\nit denotes more distinction and influence in the world at that late date\\nin life.\\nIf the third finger be nearly equal in length to the second, the finger of\\nSaturn, a very long line of sun with such a formation makes the subject\\ninclined to gamble with everything\u00e2\u0080\u0094the talents, the riches, and even the\\nchances of life.\\nThe chief peculiarity of this line is that it generally gives, when well\\nmarked, a great tendency toward sensitiveness, but when combined with an\\nexceptionally straight line of head it denotes the love of attaining riches,\\nsocial position, and power.\\nMany lines on the Mount of Sun show an extremely artistic nature, but\\nmultiplicity of ideas will interfere with all success. Such subjects never\\nhave sufficient patience to win either fame or renown (Plate XXI.).", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0171.jp2"}, "170": {"fulltext": "108\\nCheiro\u00e2\u0080\u0099s Language of the Hand\\nA star on this line is perhaps the very finest sign that can be found.\\nBrilliant and lasting success is in such cases a certainty.\\nA square on the line of sun is a sign of preservation against the attacks\\nof enemies in reference to one\u00e2\u0080\u0099s name and position Plate XXI.).\\nAn island on this line means loss of position and name for the length\\nof time that the island lasts, and generally such will occur through scandal\\n(h, Plate XXI.).\\nOn a hollow hand the line of sun loses all power.\\nThe complete absence of the line of sun on an otherwise talented and\\nartistic hand indicates that such people, though they may work hard, will\\nfind the recognition of the world difficult to gain. Such individuals,\\nno matter how they may deserve honor and fame, will rarely achieve it.\\nPerhaps on their graves will be laid the wreaths that should have crowned\\ntheir heads.", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0172.jp2"}, "171": {"fulltext": "CHAPTER XIII.\\nTHE LINE OF HEALTH, OK THE HEPATICA.\\nSome flowers are bruised that they may be more sweet,\\nAnd some lie brokeu \u00e2\u0080\u0099neath the rush of feet;\\nAnd some are worn awhile, then tossed aside\\nSome grace the dead, while others deck the bride.\\nAnd so in life I\u00e2\u0080\u0099ve seen the saddest face,\\nThe broken flower, give forth the sweetest grace.\\nCheiro.\\nThere has been considerable discussion among writers as to the point\\nwhere this line rises. My theory, and one which I have proved by watch\u00c2\u00ac\\ning the growth of this line on the hands of children and young people, is\\nthat it rises at the base, or on the face of the Mount of Mercury, and as it\\ngrows down the hand and into the line of life, so does it foreshadow the\\ngrowth of the illness or germ of disease which at the time of its coming in\\ncontact with the line of life will reach its climax. I wish to call special at\u00c2\u00ac\\ntention to this point; also to another, namely, that the line of life merely re\u00c2\u00ac\\nlates to the length of life from natural causes, but if the hepatica is as strongly\\nmarked as the line of life itself, their meeting at any point will be the point\\nof death. Also, no matter how long the life-line may seem to be, any ab\u00c2\u00ac\\nnormal development of the line of health will cause the death of the subject.\\nThe hepatica (Plate XIII.) should lie straight down the hand\u00e2\u0080\u0094the\\nstraighter the better.\\nIt is an excellent sign to be without this line. Such absence denotes an\\nextremely robust, healthy constitution. Its presence on the hand in any\\nform indicates some delicate point to be guarded against.\\nWhen crossing the hand and touching the line of life at any point, it tells\\nthat there is some delicacy at work, undermining the health and constitution.\\nPlate XVII.)\\n109", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0173.jp2"}, "172": {"fulltext": "110\\nCheiro s Language of the Hand.\\nWhen rising from the line of heart at the Mount of Mercury and run\u00c2\u00ac\\nning into or through the line of life, it foretells some weakness and disease of\\nthe heart. If very pale in color, and broad, it will be weak action of the\\nheart and bad circulation.\\nIf red in color, particularly when it leaves the line of heart, with small,\\nflat nails, the trouble will be active heart-disease.\\nWhen very red in small spots, it denotes a tendency in the system\\ntoward fever.\\nWhen twisted and irregular, biliousness and liver complaints.\\nWhen formed in little straight pieces, bad digestion (i-i, Plate XIX.).\\nIn little islands, with long, filbert nails, danger to lungs and chest i-i,\\nPlate XX.).\\nThe same mark, with the same kind of nail, but broad, throat trouble.\\n(See Nails,\u00e2\u0080\u009d Part I., Chapter XIII.)\\nWhen heavily marked, joining the lines of heart and head, and not found\\nelsewhere, it threatens brain-fever.\\nA straight line of hepatica lying down the hand may not give robust\\nhealth, but it is a good mark because it gives a more wiry kind of health than\\none crossing the hand.\\nIt will thus be seen that though the student can depend very largely\\nupon the indications afforded him by the hepatica, yet he must look for other\\nillnesses, and for confirmation of illnesses, to other portions of the hand, as,\\nfor instance, to the chained life-line for naturally delicate health, to the line\\nof head for brain troubles, and to the nails, which must always be noted in\\nconjunction with the study of the hepatica.", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0174.jp2"}, "173": {"fulltext": "CHAPTER XIY.\\nTHE VIA LASCIVA AND THE LINE OF INTUITION.\\nThe Via Lasciva otherwise called the sister health-line (Plate XIII.), is\\nnot often found, and is generally confounded with the hepatica. It should\\nby right run off the palm into the wrist. In such a position it gives action\\nand force to the passions, but if running across the hand into the Mount of\\nVenus it shortens the natural length of life by its excesses (W, Plate XVII.).\\nTHE LINE OF INTUITION.\\nThe line of intuition (Plate XII.) is more often found on the philosophic,\\nthe conic, and the psychic, than on any other of the seven types. Its position\\non the hand is almost that of a semicircle from the face of the Mount of\\nMercury to that of the Mount of Luna. It sometimes runs through or with\\nthe hepatica, but can be found clear and distinct even when the hepatica is\\nmarked. It denotes a purely impressionable nature, a person keenly sensitive\\nto all surroundings and influences, an intuitional feeling of presentiment for\\nothers, strange vivid dreams and warnings which science has never been able\\nto account for by that much-used word, \u00e2\u0080\u009ccoincidence.\u00e2\u0080\u009d It is found more on\\npsychic hands than on any others.\\nill", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0175.jp2"}, "174": {"fulltext": "CHAPTER XV.\\nTHE GIRDLE OF VENUS, THE RING OF SATURN, AND THE THREE BRACELETS.\\nThe Girdle of Venus (Plate XIII.) is that broken or unbroken kind of\\nsemicircle rising between the first and second fingers and finishing between\\nthe third and fourth.\\nI must here state that I have never found this sign to indicate the sen\u00c2\u00ac\\nsuality so generally ascribed to it except when found on a broad, thick hand.\\nIts real domain is usually on such hands as the conic and psychic. A little\\nstudy will prove that this mark is as a rule associated with highly sensitive,\\nintellectual natures, but natures changeable in moods, easily offended, and\\ntouchy over little things. It denotes a highly strung, nervous temperament,\\nand when unbroken it certainly gives a most unhappy tendency toward\\nhysteria and despondency.\\nPeople possessing this mark are callable of rising to the highest pitch of\\nenthusiasm over anything that engages their fancy, but they are rarely twice\\nin the same mood\u00e2\u0080\u0094one moment in the height of spirits, the next miserable and\\ndespondent.\\nWhen the girdle goes over the side of the hand and by so doing comes in\\ncontact with the line of marriage (k-k, Plate XVI.), the happiness of the\\nmarriage will be marred through the peculiarities of the temperament. Such\\nsubjects are peculiarly exacting, and hard to live with. If on a man\u00e2\u0080\u0099s hand,\\nthat man would want as many virtues in a wife as there are stars in the\\nuniverse.\\nTHE RING OF SATURN.\\nThe Ring of Saturn (Plate XII.) is a mark very seldom found, and is not a\\ngood sign to have on the hand. I have closely watched people possessing it,\\nand I have never yet observed that they were in any way successful. It seems\\nto cut off the Mount of Fate in such a peculiar way that such people never\\n112", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0176.jp2"}, "175": {"fulltext": "Plate XX.", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0177.jp2"}, "176": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0178.jp2"}, "177": {"fulltext": "The Girdle of Venus the Ting of Saturn and the Three Bracelets. 113\\ngain any point that they may work for or desire. Their temperament has a\\ngreat deal\u00e2\u0080\u0094it may have everything\u00e2\u0080\u0094to do with this, as I always find these\\npeople full of big ideas and plans, but with such want of continuity of pur\u00c2\u00ac\\npose that they always give up half-way. (See also Plate XXV.)\\nTHE THREE BRACELETS.\\nThe bracelets (Plate XIII.) I do not consider of much importance in\\nreading the lines, or in the study of the hand itself. There is, however, one\\nstrange and peculiar point with regard to them, and one that I have\\nnoticed contains a great deal of truth. I had been taught in my early life,\\nalways to observe principally the position of the first bracelet, the one near\u00c2\u00ac\\nest the hand, arid that when I saw it high on the wrist, almost rising into the\\npalm, particularly when it rose in the shape of an arch (m-m, Plate XVI.),\\nI was always to warn my consultant of weakness in relation to the in\u00c2\u00ac\\nternal organs of the body\u00e2\u0080\u0094as, for instance, in the bearing of children.\\nAfterwards in my life, when I took up this study in a more practical way, I\\nfound there was a great deal of truth in what I at first thought a superstition.\\nIn later years, by watching case after case, by going through hospitals, and\\nfrom wliat my many consultants have told me in reference to their ailments,\\nI have become convinced that this point deserves being recorded, and con\u00c2\u00ac\\nsequently I now give it for what it may be worth.\\nAnother significance attached to the bracelets is that, if well and clearly\\ndefined, they mean strong health and a robust constitution, and this again,\\nit is interesting to notice, bears out in a manner the point I have called\\nattention to.", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0179.jp2"}, "178": {"fulltext": "CHAPTER XVI.\\nTHE LINE OF MARRIAGE.\\nWhat matter if the words be said,\\nThe license paid\u00e2\u0080\u0094they are not wed j\\nUnless love link each heart to heart,\\n\u00e2\u0080\u0099Twere better keep those lives apart.\\nCheiro.\\nOf the many books that have been written on cheiromancy, I am sorry to\\nsay that almost all have ignored or have barely noticed this naturally inter\u00c2\u00ac\\nesting and important point. I will therefore endeavor to give as many\\ndetails as possible in connection with this side of the study.\\nWhat is known as the line or lines of marriage, as the case may be, is\\nthat mark or marks on the Mount of Mercury as shown by Plate XIII. It\\nmust be first stated, and stated clearly, that the hand does not recognize the\\nmere fact of a ceremony, be it civil or religious\u00e2\u0080\u0094it merely registers the influ\u00c2\u00ac\\nence of different people over our lives, what kind of influence they have had,\\nthe effect produced, and all that is in accordance with such influence. Now,\\nmarriage being so important an event in one\u00e2\u0080\u0099s life, it follows that, if events\\ncan be foretold by the hand, marriage should certainly be marked, even years\\nin advance, and I have always found that such is the case in respect to all im\u00c2\u00ac\\nportant influences; and it is also natural that affaires de coear liaisons and so\\non, can thus be singled out and divided from what is known as marriage,\\nexcept when the liaison is just as important and the influence on the life just\\nas strong. Why there should be a time set apart in one\u00e2\u0080\u0099s life to marry, or\\nnot to marry, as the case may be, can only be answered by referring to the\\nother mysteries that surround us. If any one can explain why a permanent\\nmagnet brought into an ordinary room has the power to magnetize every\\nother bit of iron in the room, what that power is, and what the connection\\n114", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0180.jp2"}, "179": {"fulltext": "The Line of Marriage.\\n115\\nis, then he may be able to answer the question; but until all the secret\\nlaws and forces of nature are known, we can take no other standpoint\\nthan to accept these strange anomalies without having the power to answer\\nthe cry of the curious, the perpetual, parrot-like Why of the doubting.\\nThe only theory I advance is that, as the press of the finger on the tele\u00c2\u00ac\\ngraph keyboard in New York at the same moment affects the keyboard in\\nLondon, so by the medium of the ether, which is more subtle than electricity,\\nare all persons unconsciously in touch with and in communion with one\\nanother.\\nIn studying this point of the subject, I wish to impress upon the student\\nthat what are known as the lines of marriage must be balanced by marks on\\nother portions of the hand, as I have shown by the influences by the side\\nof the line of fate (Part II., Chapter XI.), and by the lines of influence by the\\nside of the line of life (Part II., Chapter V.).\\nWe will now proceed with the marks in connection with these lines of\\nmarriage on the Mount of Mercury.\\nThe line or lines of marriage may rise on the side of the hand or be only\\nmarked across the front of the Mount of Mercury.\\nOnly the long lines relate to marriages g Plate XVIII.); the short ones\\nto deep affection or marriage contemplated (h, Plate XVIII.). On the line of\\nlife or fate, if it be marriage, we will find it corroborated and information\\ngiven as to the change in life, position, and so on. From the position of the\\nmarriage-line on the Mount of Mercury a very fair idea of the age at the\\ntime of marriage may also be obtained.\\nWhen the important line is found lying close to the line of heart, the\\nunion will be early, about fourteen to twenty-one; near the center of the\\nmount, about twenty-one to twenty-eight; three quarters up the mount,\\ntwenty-eight to thirty-five; and so on. But the line of fate or the line of\\nlife will be more accurate, by giving almost the exact date of the change or\\ninfluence.\\nA wealthy union is shown by a strong, well-marked line from the side of\\nthe line of fate next Luna h-h Plate XX.), running up and joining the line\\nof fate, when the marriage-line on Mercury is also well marked.\\nWhen, however, the line of influence rises first straight on the Mount of", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0181.jp2"}, "180": {"fulltext": "116\\nCheiro\u00e2\u0080\u0099s Language of the Hand.\\nLuna and then runs up and into the fate-line, the marriage will be more the\\ncapricious fancy than real affection.\\nWhen the line of influence is stronger than the subject\u00e2\u0080\u0099s line of fate, then\\nthe person the subject marries will have greater power and more individuality\\nthan the subject.\\nThe happiest mark of marriage on the line of fate is when the influence\u00c2\u00ac\\nline lies close to the fate-line and runs evenly with it Plate XX.).\\nThe line of marriage on the Mount of Mercury should be straight, with\u00c2\u00ac\\nout breaks, crosses, or irregularities of any kind.\\nWhen it curves or drops downward toward the line of heart, it foretells\\nthat the person with whom the subject is married will die first (j, Plate XX.).\\nWhen the line curves upward, the possessor is not likely to marry at any\\ntime.\\nWhen the line of marriage is distinct, but with fine hair-lines dropping\\nfrom it toward the line of heart, it foretells trouble brought on by the illness\\nand bad health of the person the subject marries.\\nWhen the line droops with a small cross over the curve, the person the\\nsubject is married to will die by accident or sudden death but when there is\\na long, gradual curve, gradual ill health will cause the end.\\nWhen the line has an island in the center or at any portion, it denotes\\nsome very great trouble in married life, and a separation while the island\\nlasts.\\nWhen the line divides at the end into a drooping fork sloping toward\\nthe center of the hand, it tells of divorce or a judicial separation (j, Plate\\nXIX.). This is all the more certain if a fine line cross from it to the Plain\\nof Mars (k-k, Plate XIX.).\\nWhen the line is full of little islands and drooping lines, the subject\\nshould be warned not to marry. Such a mark is a sign of the greatest un\u00c2\u00ac\\nhappiness.\\nWhen full of little islands and forked, it is again a sign of unhappiness in\\nmarriage.\\nWhen the line breaks in two, it denotes a sudden break in the married\\nlife.\\nWhen the line of marriage sends an offshoot on to the Mount of Sun", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0182.jp2"}, "181": {"fulltext": "117\\nThe Line of Marriage.\\nand into the line of sun, it tells that its possessor will marry some one of dis\u00c2\u00ac\\ntinction, and generally a person in some way famous.\\nWhen, on the contrary, it goes down toward and cuts the line of sun.\\nthe person on whose hand it appears will lose position through marriage (i-i f\\nPlate XXL).\\nW hen a deep line from the top of the mount grows downward and cuts\\nthe line of marriage, there will he a great obstacle and opposition to such\\nmarriage Plate XVIII.).\\nWhen there is a fine line running parallel with and almost touching the\\nmarriage-line, it tells of some deep affection after marriage on the side of the\\nperson on whose hand it appears.\\nIt is not within my province in this work on palmistry to go deeply into\\nmy opinions as to the laws relating to marriage, or to marriages as entered\\ninto by men and women of the present day. It is almost incredible what men\\nand women have told me during the pursuit of this study. They generally\\nsay, You have read so much, you may as well now know all,\u00e2\u0080\u009d and so they\\nunravel the greatest secrets of their hearts. The palmist\u00e2\u0080\u0099s lips are sealed, as\\nare those of the father confessor, but if he did speak he would tell that half\\nthe smiling faces are but masks of gaiety to hide hearts of woe, that half the\\nso-called truths are falsehoods cloaked, that half the vows are mockeries, and\\nthat the greatest mockery of all is, alas! too often, that so-called ceremony of\\nmarriage. The Protestant Church allows its children to be divorced if the\\nmarriage has turned out unsuitable, and yet the last words dinned into the\\nears of the bride and bridegroom are, \u00e2\u0080\u009cThose whom (rod hath joined together,\\nlet no man put asunder.\u00e2\u0080\u009d The Catholic Church, equally inconsistent, will not\\neven allow the wretched pair to divorce and marry again unless on certain\\nspecial occasions through the mediation of the pope,\u00e2\u0080\u009d and on the other hand\\nthe divorce courts pour back into the coffers of the state that which is in reality\\nthe blood-monev of its citizens. How long, how long will this lip-service de\u00c2\u00ac\\nthrone and crush the service of the heart? How long will this slavery of custom\\ndegrade and destroy the better nature, making men brutes and women beasts\\nof burden How long must men and women exist and live together because\\nthey have not the money to buy their freedom, or because of their dread of that\\ntorture-chamber of divorce Men who were noble once, women who were", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0183.jp2"}, "182": {"fulltext": "118\\nCheiro\u00e2\u0080\u0099s Language of the Hand.\\nqueens of truth and souls of honor\u00e2\u0080\u0094how often do we see them, the husband\\nhating the wife, the wife fearing the husband, and outside of all and seeing\\nall, like the spectators in the arena, are the pale faces of the children, the\\nreincarnated ghosts of buried faith, edging closer and closer to the scene, fear\u00c2\u00ac\\ning too much, loving too little, wrapping around them, closer than their very\\ngarments, the cloak of parents\u00e2\u0080\u0099 shame, going out into the world to deceive as\\nmother did, to drink as father did\u00e2\u0080\u0094going out into the world to do likewise.\\nLet men and women, once and for all, read nature more and fiction less let\\nthem study one another as they do the art of flattery or of costume. Let them\\nmarry, but if they make mistakes, give them a chance of redeeming those\\nmistakes; give them children, but teach them to be responsible to those chil\u00c2\u00ac\\ndren preach not goodness for the sake of gain, but goodness for the sake\\nof good; honor for honor\u00e2\u0080\u0099s sake, truth for truth\u00e2\u0080\u0099s. And lastly, give them\\npride, not in self\u00e2\u0080\u0094for they are servants\u00e2\u0080\u0094but in that part of life in which\\nthey serve, that as they be sons of humanity and daughters of the world,\\nso may they live as helpers of the world. And so may they be till the end\\ndraws nigh, till the task is done, till the universe is finished, till the destiny\\nis spun.", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0184.jp2"}, "183": {"fulltext": "CHAPTER XVII.\\nCHILDREN,\\nSo oft to bear,\\nThro\u00e2\u0080\u0099 early hours, thro\u00e2\u0080\u0099 later years,\\nThe story of a mother\u00e2\u0080\u0099s tears\\nOr of a father\u00e2\u0080\u0099s drunken care.\\nAh me how hard\\nTo bear that load, that heavy cross,\\nTo stagger on, and, stumbling, find\\nAll life but death, all death but loss,\\nWith eyes alone to virtue blind\\nCheiro.\\nTo tell accurately the number of children one has had, or is likely to\\nhave, seems a very wonderful thing to do, but it is not one bit more wonder\u00c2\u00ac\\nful than the details given by the main lines. To do this, however, requires\\nmore careful study than is usually given to the pursuit of cheiromancy.\\nOwing to the accuracy with which I have been credited on this point, I\\nhave been largely requested, in writing this book, to give as many details as\\npermissible. I shall endeavor to do so in as clear a way as possible, knowing\\nwell the difficulties that lie in the way of a lucid explanation of such a point.\\nIn the first place, a thorough knowledge of all portions of the hand that\\ncan touch on this must be acquired. For instance, a person with a very poor\\ndevelopment of the Mount of Venus is not so likely at any time to have chil\u00c2\u00ac\\ndren as the person with the mount full and large.\\nThe lines relating to children are the fine upright lines from the end\\nof the line of marriage. Sometimes these are so fine that it requires a micro\u00c2\u00ac\\nscope to make them out clearly, but in such a case it will be found that all\\nthe lines of the hand are also faint. By the position of these lines, by the\\nportion of the mount they touch, by their appearance, and so on, one can\\naccr ately make out whether such children will play an important part in the\\n119", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0185.jp2"}, "184": {"fulltext": "120 Cheiro s Language of the Hand.\\nlife of the subject or otherwise; if they will be delicate or strong; if they will\\nbe male or female.\\nThe leading points with regard to these lines are as follows:\\nBroad lines denote males; fine, narrow lines, females.\\nWhen they are clearly marked they denote strong, healthy children; when\\nvery faint, if they are wavy lines, they are the reverse.\\nWhen the first part of the line is a little island, the child will be very\\ndelicate in its early life, but if the line is well marked farther it will even\u00c2\u00ac\\ntually have good health.\\nWhen ending at the island, death will be the result.\\nWhen one line is longer and superior to the rest, one child will be more\\nimportant to the parent than all the others.\\nThe numbers run from the outside of the marriage-line in toward the\\nhand.\\nOn a man\u00e2\u0080\u0099s hand they are often just as clear as ou a woman\u00e2\u0080\u0099s, but in\\nsuch a case the man will be exceptionally fond of children and will have an\\nextremely affectionate nature; as a rule, however, the woman\u00e2\u0080\u0099s hand shows the\\nmarks in a superior way. From these observations I think the student will\\nbe able to proceed in his or her pursuit of other minute details which I can\u00c2\u00ac\\nnot go into here.", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0186.jp2"}, "185": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0187.jp2"}, "186": {"fulltext": "MODIFICATIONS OF THE PRINCIPAL LINES.\\nPlate XXL", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0188.jp2"}, "187": {"fulltext": "CHAPTER XVIII.\\nTHE STAR.\\nThe star is a sign of very great importance, wherever it makes its appear\u00c2\u00ac\\nance on the hand. I do not at all hold that it is generally a danger, and one\\nfrom which there is no escape; rather, on the contrary, I consider it, with one\\nor two exceptions, a fortunate sign, and one which naturally should depend\\nupon the portion of the hand, or the line, with which it is connected.\\nWhen a star appears on the Mount of Jupiter, it has two distinct mean\u00c2\u00ac\\nings, according to its position.\\nWhen on the highest point of the mount, on the face of the hand, it\\npromises great honor, power, and position; ambition gratified, and the ulti\u00c2\u00ac\\nmate success and triumph of the individual (m, Plate XIX).\\nWith a strong fate, head, and sun line, there is almost no step in the\\nladder of human greatness that the subject will not reach. It is usually found\\non the hand of a very ambitious man or woman, and in the pursuit of power and\\nposition there is probably no mark to equal it.\\nIts second position on the Mount of Jupiter is when it lies almost off the\\nmount, very low at its base, cutting the base of the first finger, or resting on\\nthe side toward the back of the hand. In this case it is also the sign of a\\nmost ambitious person, but with this difference, that he will be brought in\\ncontact with extremely distinguished people but unless the rest of the hand\\nbe exceptionally fine, it does not promise distinction or power to the individual\\nhimself.\\nTHE STAR ON THE MOUNT OF SATURN.\\ni\\nOn the center of the Mount of Saturn it is a sign of some terrible fatality\\n(n, Plate XIX.). It again gives distinction, but a distinction to be dreaded. It is\\ndecidedly wrong to class this sign with the old idea of the mark of murder.\\n121", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0189.jp2"}, "188": {"fulltext": "122\\nCheircPs Language of the Hand.\\nIt really means that the subject will have some terribly fatalistic life, but that\\nof a man in every way a child of fate, a plaything of destiny; a man cast for\\nsome terrible part in the drama of life\u00e2\u0080\u0094he may be a Judas, or he may be a\\nSaviour, but all his work and life and career will have some dramatic and\\nterrible climax, some unrivaled brilliancy, some position resplendent with the\\nmajesty of death\u00e2\u0080\u0094a king for the moment, but crowned with doom.\\nThe second position for the star on Saturn is that almost off the mount,\\neither at the side or cutting into the fingers. This, like the star on Jupiter,\\ndenotes that the subject will be brought into contact with one of those who\\nmake history, but in this case with one who gains distinction through some\\nterrible fate.\\nTHE STAE ON THE MOUNT OF THE SUN.\\nThe star on the Mount of the Sun (p, Plate XIX.) gives the brilliancy of\\nwealth and position, but, as a rule, without happiness. Such wealth has come\\ntoo late; the price has probably been too dearly paid in the way of health, or\\nperhaps in peace of mind. Certain it is, however, that, though it gives great\\nriches, it never gives contentment or happiness. When in this case by the\\nside of the mount, it denotes, like the others, that the subject will be brought\\nin contact with rich and wealthy people, without himself being rich in the\\nworld\u00e2\u0080\u0099s goods.\\nWhen, however, it is connected or formed by the line of sun, it denotes\\ngreat fame and celebrity, but through talent and work in art. It should not\\nbe too high on the hand; a little above the middle of the line is its best posi\u00c2\u00ac\\ntion, as in the case of Madame Sarah Bernhardt, an impression of whose\\nhand will be found on Plate XXVII.).\\nTHE STAR ON THE MOUNT OF MERCURY.\\nThe star in the center of the Mount of Mercury q Plate XIX.) denotes,\\nbrilliancy and success in science, business, or the power of eloquence, accord\u00c2\u00ac\\ning to the type of hand, and, as in the foregoing examples, by the side of the\\nmount it denotes association with people distinguished in those walks of life.", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0190.jp2"}, "189": {"fulltext": "Th e Star.\\n123\\nTHE STAR ON THE MOUNT OF MARS.\\nThe star on the Mount of Mars under Mercury (j, Plate XVIII.), denotes\\nthat through patience, resignation, and fortitude the greatest honors will be\\ngained.\\nOn the opposite side of the hand, the Mount of Mars under Jupiter, great\\ndistinction and celebrity will arise from a martial life, or a signal battle or\\nwarfare in which the subject will be engaged.\\nTHE STAR ON THE MOUNT OF LUNA.\\nThe star on the Mount of Luna (ft, Plate XVIII.) is, according to my\\nsystem, a sign of great celebrity arising from the qualities of the mount,\\nnamely, through the imaginative faculties. I do not hold that it relates,\\nto drowning, in accordance with other cheiromants. There is another mean\u00c2\u00ac\\ning, however, to this sign, which may have given rise to this idea, and that\\nis that when the line of head ends in a star on this mount the dreamy imag\u00c2\u00ac\\ninative faculties will ruin the balance of the line of head, and the result\\nwill be insanity. Because this star has been found so often on the hands of\\nsuicides, it may have given rise to the former belief, but people lose sight of\\nthe fact that water for suicides is going out of fashion. In these days the\\nrevolver or the overdose of morphine is much more in vogue.\\nTHE STAR ON THE MOUNT OF VENUS.\\nIn the center or highest point of the Mount of Venus Plate XVIII.)\\nthe star is once more successful and favorable, but this time in relation to the\\naffections and j)assions. On a man\u00e2\u0080\u0099s hand such a sign indicates extraordinary\\nsuccess in all affairs of love\u00e2\u0080\u0094the same on a woman\u00e2\u0080\u0099s hand. No jealousies or\\nopposition will rob them of the spoils of conquest.\\nWhen lying by the side of the mount, che amours of such a subject will\\nbe with people distinguished for their success in the arena of love.", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0191.jp2"}, "190": {"fulltext": "124\\nCheiro s Language of the Hand.\\nTHE STAE ON THE FINGEKS.\\nThe star on the tips or outer phalanges of the fingers gives great good\\nfortune in anything touched or attempted, and on the first phalange of the\\nthumb success through the subject\u00e2\u0080\u0099s strength of will.\\nThe star is one of the most important of the lesser signs to seek for.\\nIn the foregoing remarks it should be borne in mind that the indications\\ndenoted by this important lesser sign must naturally be in keeping with the\\ntendencies shown by the general character of the hand. It stands to reason,\\nfor instance, that the star could have little power or meaning on a hand con\u00c2\u00ac\\ntaining a weak, undeveloped line of head. In dealing with this, as indeed\\nwith every other portion of the study, it must be understood that however\\nclear the directions may be, it is impossible to dispense with the exercise of a\\ncertain amount of mentality and discretion on the part of the student.", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0192.jp2"}, "191": {"fulltext": "CHAPTER XIX.\\nTHE CKOSS.\\nThe cross is the opposite to the star, and is seldom found as a favorable\\nsign. It indicates trouble, disappointment, danger, and sometimes a chauge\\nin the position or life, but one brought about by trouble. There is, however,\\none position in which it is a good sign to have it, namely, on the Mount of\\nJupiter (m, Plate XVIII.). In this position it indicates that at least one great\\naffection will come into the life. This is especially the case when the line of\\nfate rises from the Mount of Luna. A strange feature with this cross on\\nJupiter is that it denotes roughly about the time in life when the affection\\nwill influence the individual. Whemclose to the commencement of the line\\nof life and toward the side of the hand, it will be early on the summit of the\\nmount, in middle life; and down at the base, late in life.\\nOn the Mount of Saturn (n, Plate XVIII.), when touching the line of fate,\\nit denotes danger of violent death by accident; but when by itself in the cen\u00c2\u00ac\\nter of this mount, it increases the evil, fatalistic tendencies of the life.\\nOn the Mount of the Sun it is a terrible sign of disappointment in the\\npursuit of fame, art, or riches.\\nThe cross on the Mount of Mercury, as a rule, indicates a dishonest\\nnature, and one inclined to duplicity.\\nOn the Mount of Mars under Mercury it denotes the dangerous opposi\u00c2\u00ac\\ntion of enemies and on the Mount of Mars under Jupiter force, violence, and\\neven death from quarrels.\\nv A cross on the Mount of the Moon under the line of head denotes a fatal\\ninfluence of the imagination. The man with such a sign will deceive even\\nhimself Plate XVI.).\\nOn the Mount of Venus, when heavily marked, it indicates some great\\n125", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0193.jp2"}, "192": {"fulltext": "126\\nCheiro\u00e2\u0080\u0099s Language of the Hand.\\ntrial or fatal influence of affection; but when very small and lying close to the\\nline of life, it tells of troubles and quarrels with near relatives.\\nA cross by the side of the line of fate, and between it and the life-line\\nin the Plain of Mars, denotes opposition in one\u00e2\u0080\u0099s career by relatives, and means\\na change in the destiny; but lying on the other side of the hand next to Luna\\nit relates to a disappointment in a journey.\\nAbove and touching the line of head, it foretells some wound or accident\\nto the head.\\nBy the side of the line of sun, disappointment in position.\\nRunning into the line of fate, disappointment in money; and over the\\nline of heart, the death of some loved one.", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0194.jp2"}, "193": {"fulltext": "CHAPTER XX.\\nTHE SQUARE.\\nThe square (Plate XV.) is one of the most interesting of the lesser signs.\\nIt is usually called the mark of preservation,\u00e2\u0080\u009d because it shows that the sub\u00c2\u00ac\\nject is protected at that particular point from whatever danger menaced.\\nWhen the line of fate runs through a well-formed square, it denotes one\\nof the greatest crises in the subject\u00e2\u0080\u0099s life in a worldly sense, connected with\\nfinancial disaster or loss, but if the line goes right on through the square all\\ndanger will be averted. Even when the line of fate breaks in the center, the\\nsquare is still a sign of protection from very serious loss.\\nWhen outside the line, but only touching it, and directly under the Mount\\nof Saturn, it denotes preservation from accident.\\nWhen the line of head runs through a well-formed square, it is a sign of\\nstrength and preservation to the brain itself, and tells of some terrible strain\\nof work or of anxiety at that particular moment.\\nWhen rising above the line of head under Saturn, it foretells a preserva\u00c2\u00ac\\ntion from some danger to the head.\\nWhen the line of heart runs through a square, it denotes some heavy\\ntrouble brought on by the affections. When under Saturn, some fatality to\\nthe object of one\u00e2\u0080\u0099s affection (j, Plate XXI.).\\nWhen the life-line passes through a square, it denotes a protection from\\ndeath, even if the line be broken at that point (A\u00e2\u0080\u0099, Plate XXI.).\\nA square on the Mount of Venus inside the line of life denotes preser\u00c2\u00ac\\nvation from trouble brought on by the passions Plate XXI.). When\\nresting in the center of the Mount of Venus, it tells that the subject will\\nfall into all kinds of danger through passion, but will always manage to\\nescape.\\nWhen, however, lying outside the line of life and touching it from the\\n127", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0195.jp2"}, "194": {"fulltext": "128 C heir o s Language of the Hand.\\nPlain of Mars, a square in such a place means imprisonment or seclusion from\\nthe world.\\nWhen on the mounts the square denotes a protection from any excess\\narising through the qualities of the mount:\\nOn Jupiter, from the ambition of the subject.\\nOn Saturn, from the fatality that shadows the life.\\nOn the Sun, from the desire for fame.\\nOn Mercury, from the restless, mercurial temperament.\\nOn Mars, from danger through enemies.\\nOn Luna, from an excess of imagination, or from the evil effects of some\\nother line, as, for instance, a line of travel.", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0196.jp2"}, "195": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0197.jp2"}, "196": {"fulltext": "Plate XXH.", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0198.jp2"}, "197": {"fulltext": "CHAPTER XXL\\nTHE ISLAND, THE CIECLE, THE SPOT.\\nThe island is not a fortunate sign, but it only relates to the line or por\u00c2\u00ac\\ntion of the hand on which it is found. It is interesting to notice that it\\nfrequently relates to hereditary evils as, for instance, heavily marked on the\\nline of heart it denotes heart-disease inherited.\\nWhen as one distinct mark in the center of the line of head, it denotes an\\nhereditary weakness in relation to mentality.\\nWhen on the line of life, it denotes illness and delicacy at that particular\\npoint.\\nWhen on the line of fate, some heavy loss in worldly matters.\\nWhen on the line of sun, it foretells loss of position and name, generally\\nthrough scandal (7q Plate XXI.).\\nWhen on the line of health, it foreshadows a serious illness.\\nAny line running into or forming an island is a bad indication in relation\\nto the part of the hand on which it is found.\\nAn attendant line on the Mount of Menus running into an island foretells\\ndisgrace and trouble from passion to the man or woman who influences the\\nlife (p, Plate XVIII.).\\nA line forming an island and crossing the hand from the Mount of Venus\\nto the line of marriage foretells that an evil influence at that particular point\\nwill cross the life and bring disgrace to the marriage (r, Plate XVIII.). If the\\nsame kind of line run to the line of heart, some bad influence will bring\\ntrouble and disgrace to the affections when it runs to the line of head, some\\ninfluence will direct the talents and intentions into some disgraceful chan\u00c2\u00ac\\nnel and when it runs into and bars the line of fate, some evil influence\\nwill be a barrier to the success of the subject at the date at which the lines\\njoin each other.\\n129", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0199.jp2"}, "198": {"fulltext": "130 Cheiro s Language of the Hand.\\nAn island on any of the mounts injures the qualities of the mount on\\nwhich it is found.\\nOn the Mount of Jupiter it weakens the pride and ambition.\\nOn Saturn it brings misfortune to the subject.\\nOn the Mount of the Sun it weakens the talent for art.\\nOn Mercury it makes a person too changeable to succeed, particularly in\\nanything in relation to business or science.\\nOn Mars it shows a weak spirit and cowardice.\\nOn Luna, weakness in working out the power of the imagination.\\nOn Venus, a person easily led and influenced by the sport of fancy and\\npassion (A*, Plate XX.).\\nTHE CIRCLE.\\nIf found on the Mount of the Sun, the circle is a favorable mark. This\\nis the only position in which it is fortunate. On any other mount it tells\\nagainst the success of the subject.\\nOn the Mount of Luna it denotes danger from drowning.\\nWhen touching any important line, it indicates that at that particular\\npoint the subject will not be able to clear himself from misfortune\u00e2\u0080\u0094in other\\nwords, he will, as it were, go round and round in a circle without being able\\nto break through and get free.\\nTHE SPOT.\\nA spot is generally the sign of temporary illness.\\nA bright-red spot on the line of head indicates a shock or injury from\\nsome blow or fall.\\nA black or blue spot denotes* a nervous illness.\\nA bright-red spot on the line of health is usually taken to mean fever,\\nand on the line of life some illness of the nature of fever.", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0200.jp2"}, "199": {"fulltext": "CHAPTER XXII.\\nTHE GRILLE, THE TRIANGLE, LA CROIX MYSTIQUE,\u00e2\u0080\u009d THE RING OF SOLOMON.\\nThe grille (Plate XV.) is very often seen, and generally upon the mounts\\nof the hand. It indicates obstacles against the success of that particular\\nmount, and especially means that those obstacles are brought on by the ten\u00c2\u00ac\\ndencies of the subject in accordance with that portion of the hand in which it\\nis found.\\nOn the Mount of Jupiter it denotes egotism, pride, and the dominative\\nspirit.\\nOn the Mount of Saturn it foretells misfortune, a melancholy nature, and\\na morbid tendency.\\nOn the Mount of the Sun it tells of vanity, folly, and a desire for\\ncelebrity.\\nOn the Mount of Mercury it denotes an unstable and rather unprincipled\\nperson.\\nOn the Mount of Luna it foretells restlessness, discontent, and dis\u00c2\u00ac\\nquietude.\\nOn the Mount of Venus, caprice in passion.\\nTHE TRIANGLE.\\nThe triangle (Plate XV.) is a curious sign, and is often found clear and\\ndistinct, and not formed by the chance crossing of lines.\\nWhen distinct in shape on the Mount of Jupiter, it promises more than\\nusual success in the management of people, in the handling of men, and even\\nin the organization of every-day affairs.\\nOn the Mount of Saturn it gives a talent and inclination for mystical\\nwork, for the delving into the occult, for the study of human magnetism, and\\nso forth.\\n131", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0201.jp2"}, "200": {"fulltext": "132\\nClieiro\u00e2\u0080\u0099s Language of the Hand.\\nOn the Mount of the Sun it denotes a practical application of art and\\na calm demeanor toward success and fame. Celebrity will never spoil such\\npeople.\\nOn the Mount of Mercury it checks its restless qualities, and promises\\nsuccess in relation to business or money.\\nOn the Mount of Mars it gives science in warfare, great calmness in any\\ncrisis, and presence of mind in danger.\\nOn the Mount of Luna it tells of a scientific method in following out the\\nideas of the imagination.\\nOn the Mount of Venus, calmness and calculation in love, the jjower of\\nrestraint and control over self.\\nThe tripod or spear-head (Plate XV.) is an excellent sign of success on\\nany mount on which it is found.\\n\u00e2\u0080\u009cla CROIX MYSTIQUE.\u00e2\u0080\u009d\\nThis strange mark has usually for its domaiu the center of the quad\u00c2\u00ac\\nrangle (r, Plate XIX.), but it may be found at either its upper or lower ex\u00c2\u00ac\\ntremities. It may be formed by the line of fate and a line from the head to\\nthe heart, or it may lie as a distinct mark without connection with any other\\nmain line.\\nIt denotes mysticism, occultism, and superstition.\\nThese three qualities are widely apart in themselves, although often con\u00c2\u00ac\\nfounded, and the position this mark takes on the hand is therefore very\\nimportant.\\nWhen high up on the hand toward Jupiter, it will give the belief in\\nmysticism for one\u00e2\u0080\u0099s own life, but not the desire to follow it farther than\\nwhere it relates to self. Such people want their fortunes told, actuated more\\nby curiosity to know how their own ambitions will turn out than by the\\ndeeper interest that the study involves for its own sake.\\nWhen the Croix Mystique is more closely connected with the line of\\nheart than with that of head, it gives a superstitious nature, and this even\\nmore so when it is marked over the center of the head-line, when that\\nline takes a sharp curve downward. It must be remembered that the length", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0202.jp2"}, "201": {"fulltext": "The Grille The Triangle u La Croix MystiqueThe Ring of Solomon. 133\\nof the line of head has much to do with this. The very short line with the\\ncross Over it will be a thousand times more superstitious than the long one.\\nThe long one will be the greatest for occultism, and particularly so if the\\nCroix Mystique is an independent formation on the line of head.\\nWhen it touches the fate-line, or is formed by it, the love of the mystic\\nwill influence the entire career.\\nTHE RING OF SOLOMON.\\nThe Ring of Solomon (Plate XII.) is a sign that also denotes the love of\\nthe occult, but in this case it shows more the power of the master, the adept,\\nthan the mere love of the mystic denoted by La Croix Mystique.\u00e2\u0080\u009d", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0203.jp2"}, "202": {"fulltext": "CHAPTEK XXIII.\\nHANDS COVERED WITH LINES\u00e2\u0080\u0094THE COLOR OF THE PALM.\\nWhen the entire hand is covered with a multitude of fine lines like a net\\nspreading over its surface, it tells that the nature is intensely nervous and\\nsensitive, but one that will be continually disturbed and worried by little\\nthoughts and troubles that would be of no importance whatever to others.\\nThis is particularly so if the palm be soft\u00e2\u0080\u0094such people imagine all sorts\\nof things in the way of ailments and troubles but if the palm of the hand be\\nhard and firm, it denotes an energetic, excitable nature, but one that is far\\nmore successful for other people than for self.\\nSMOOTH HANDS.\\nVery smooth hands with few lines belong to people calm in temperament\\nand even in disposition. They seldom if ever worry they rarely lose temper,\\nbut when they do they know the reason why. This is again modified by the\\npalm being hard or soft. When firm, it is a greater sign of control and calm\u00c2\u00ac\\nness than when soft. In the latter case it is not so much a matter of control\\nas of indifference: the subject will not take sufficient interest to lose temper\\n\u00e2\u0080\u0094that would be too much of an exertion.\\nTHE SKIN.\\nWhen the palm of the hand is covered naturally with a very fine light\\nskin, the subject will retain the buoyancy and temperament of youth much\\nlonger than the person with a coarse skin. This is of course much affected by\\nwork, but I am speaking of cases where little labor or manual work is done\\nyet even where there is manual work this can still be observed by the ridges\\n134", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0204.jp2"}, "203": {"fulltext": "Hands Covered with Lines\u00e2\u0080\u0094The Color of the Palm.\\n135\\nof the skin. It lias been proved that even as regards this point no two hands\\nare ever alike; consequently, while work may thicken the cuticle, its individ\u00c2\u00ac\\nuality remains the same.\\nTHE COLOR OF THE PALM.\\nThe color of the palm is far more important than the color of the outside\\nof the hands. This at first sight appears strange, but a little observation\\nwill prove its truth.\\nThe palm of the hand is under the immediate control and action of the\\nnerves and of the nerve-fluid. According to scientists, there are more nerves\\nin the hand than in any other portion of the body, and, again, more in the\\npalm than in any other portion of the hand. As regards the nerve-fluid, Aber\u00c2\u00ac\\ncrombie, in his work published in London in 1838, states that \u00e2\u0080\u009cthe communi\u00c2\u00ac\\ncation of preception from the senses to the mind has been accounted for by the\\nmotions of the nervous fluid, a subtle essence resembling electricity or galvan\u00c2\u00ac\\nism.\u00e2\u0080\u009d It therefore follows that this subtle essence must affect the palm more\\nthan any other portion of the body. There is every reason, therefore, why the\\ncolor of the palm should be of more importance than that of the back of the\\nhand.\\nIt will be found that almost every palm has a distinct color and can be\\nclassed as follows:\\nWhen pale or almost white in color, the subject will take very little\\ninterest in anything outside of himself\u00e2\u0080\u0094in other words, he will be selfish,\\negotistical, and unsympathetic.\\nWhen the palm is yellowish in color, the subject will be morbid, melan\u00c2\u00ac\\ncholy, and morose.\\nWhen a delicate pink, the nature is sanguine, hopeful, and bright; and\\nwhen very red, robust in health and spirits, ardent, passionate, and quick\u00c2\u00ac\\ntempered.", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0205.jp2"}, "204": {"fulltext": "CHAPTER XXIV.\\nTHE GREAT TRIANGLE AND THE QUADRANGLE.\\nWhat is called the great triangle, or the Triangle of Mars, is formed by\\nthe lines of life, head, and the liepatica (Plate XXII.).\\nWhen, as is very frequently the case, the line of health is altogether\\nabsent, its place must be filled by an imaginary line to form the base of the\\ntriangle, or (as is often found) the line of sun forms the base (a-a, Plate XXII.).\\nThis latter is by far the greatest sign of power and success, although the\\nsubject will not be so broad-minded and liberal as when the base of the tri\u00c2\u00ac\\nangle is formed by the line of health.\\nThe shape and positions of the great triangle must be considered by them\u00c2\u00ac\\nselves, although it contains the upper, the middle, and the lower angle, which\\nthree points will be dealt with later.\\nWhen the triangle is well formed by the lines of head, life, and health, it\\nshould be broad and inclose the entire Plain of Mars. In such case it denotes\\nbreadth of views, liberality and generosity of spirit; such a person will be in\u00c2\u00ac\\nclined to sacrifice himself to further the interests of the whole, not the unit.\\nIf, on the contrary, it is formed by three small, wavy, uncertain lines, it\\ndenotes timidity of spirit, meanness, and cowardice. Such a man would always\\ngo with the majority even against his principles.\\nWhen in the second formation of the triangle it has for its base the line of\\nsun, the subject will then have narrow ideas but great individuality and\\nstrong resolution. Such a sign, from the very qualities it exhibits, contains\\nwithin itself the seeds of worldly success.\\nthe upper angle.\\nThe upper angle (b, Plate XXII.) is formed by the lines of head and life.\\nThis angle should be clear, well pointed, and even. Such will indicate refine\u00c2\u00ac\\nment of thought and mind, and delicacy toward others.\\n136", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0206.jp2"}, "205": {"fulltext": "The Great Triangle and the Quadrangle.\\n137\\nWhen very obtuse, it denotes a dull matter-of-fact intellect with little\\ndelicacy and feeling and a very small appreciation of art or of artistic things\\nor people.\\nWhen extremely wide and obtuse, it gives a blunt, hasty temper, a person\\nwho will continually offend people. It also denotes impatience and want of\\napplication in study.\\nTHE MIDDLE ANGLE.\\nThe middle angle is formed by the line of head and that of health c Plate\\nXXII.). If clear and well defined, it denotes cpiickness of intellect, vivacity,\\nand good health.\\nWhen very acute, it denotes a painfully nervous temperament and bad\\nhealth.\\nWhen very obtuse, dullness of intelligence and a matter-of-fact method\\nof working.\\nTHE LOWER ANGLE.\\nThe lower angle d Plate XXII.), when very acute and made by the hepa-\\ntica, denotes feebleness, and littleness of spirit; when obtuse, it denotes a\\nstrong nature.\\nWhen made by the line of sun and very acute, it gives individuality, but\\na narrow view of things; when obtuse, it gives a broader and more generous\\nmind.\\nTHE QUADRANGLE.\\nThe quadrangle, as its name implies, is that quadrangular space between\\nthe lines of head and heart (Plate XXII.).\\nIt should be even in shape, wide at both ends, but not narrow at the\\ncenter. Its interior should be smooth and not crossed with many lines,\\nwhether from the head or from the heart. When marked in this way, it in\u00c2\u00ac\\ndicates evenness of mind, power of intellect, and loyalty in friendship or\\naffection.\\nThis space represents within itself the man\u00e2\u0080\u0099s disposition toward his fel\u00c2\u00ac\\nlows. When excessively narrow, it shows narrow ideas, smallness of thought,\\nand bigotry, but more in regard to religion and morals, whereas the triangle", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0207.jp2"}, "206": {"fulltext": "138\\nClieird\u00e2\u0080\u0099s Language of the Hand.\\ndenotes conservatism as regards work and occupation. With religious people\\nthis is a remarkable sign, the hand of the bigot always having this space ex\u00c2\u00ac\\ntremely narrow.\\nOn the other hand, the space must not be too wide. When it is, the\\nsubject\u00e2\u0080\u0099s views of religion and morals will be too broad for his own good.\\nWhen this space narrows so much in the center that it has the appear\u00c2\u00ac\\nance of a waist, it denotes prejudice and injustice. Again, the two ends\\nshould be fairly equally balanced. When much wider under the Mount of\\nthe Sun than Saturn, the person is careless about his name, position, or repu\u00c2\u00ac\\ntation. The opposite of this is shown when the space is narrow. It is in\\nsuch a case a sign of intense anxiety as to the opinion of other people\u00e2\u0080\u0094\\nwhat the world thinks, and what one must do to keep up one\u00e2\u0080\u0099s reputation.\\nWhen excessively wide under Saturn or Jupiter and narrower at the\\nother end, it denotes that the subject will change from the generosity of his\\nviews and broadness of mind to become narrow and prejudiced.\\nWhen the quadrangle is abnormally wide in its entire length, it denotes\\nwant of order in the brain, carelessness of thought and ideas, an unconven\u00c2\u00ac\\ntional nature, and one imprudent in every way.\\nWhen the quadrangle is smooth and free from little lines, it denotes a\\ncalm temperament.\\nWhen very full of little lines and crosses, the nature is restless and\\nirritable.\\nA star in any portion of the quadrangle is an excellent sign, particularly\\nif it be under some favorable mount.\\nUnder Jupiter it promises pride and power.\\nUnder Saturn, success in worldly matters.\\nUnder the Mount of the Sun, success in fame and position through art;\\nand between the Sun and Mercury, success in science and research.\\nt", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0208.jp2"}, "207": {"fulltext": "CHAPTER XXY.\\nTRAVEL, VOYAGES, AND ACCIDENTS.\\nThere are two distinct ways of telling travels and voyages. One is from\\nthe heavy lines on the face of the Mount of Luna; the other, from the little\\nhair-lines that leave the line of life hut travel on with it (j, Plate XXII.). This\\nindication is similar to that of the line of life dividing in the hand: if one\\nbranch goes around Venus, the other proceeding to the base of the Mount of\\nLuna, it foretells that the subject will make some great change from his\\nnative land to another. It therefore follows that the journeys told by the\\nchange in the line of life are far more important than the lines on Luna,\\nwhich relate more to the minor changes or travels of the subject. It is some\u00c2\u00ac\\ntimes found that long lines extend from the rascette or first bracelet (Plate\\nXXII.), and rise into the Mount of Luna. These are similar to the travel-lines on\\nLuna, but much more important. When the line of fate shows a considerable\\nand beneficial change at the same point, then these lines are prosperous and\\nfortunate. When, however, the line of fate does not show any advantage\\ngained at the same point, the subject will not improve, to any great extent, in\\nworldly matters by the change.\\nWhen such a journey-line ends with a small cross, the journey will end\\nin disappointment (e-e, Plate XXII.).\\nWhen the travel-line ends in a square, it denotes danger from the\\njourney, but the subject will be protected.\\nWhen the line ends with an island, no matter how small, the journey\\nwill result in loss (f Plate XXII.).\\nOn the Mount of Luna the ascendant lines from the rascette are the most\\nbeneficial.\\nWhen the line crosses the hand and enters the Mount of Jupiter, great\\n139", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0209.jp2"}, "208": {"fulltext": "140 Cheiro s Language of the Hand.\\nposition and power will be gained by it, and the journey will also be ex\u00c2\u00ac\\ntremely long.\\nWhen the travel-line runs to the Mount of Saturn, some fatality will\\ngovern the entire journey.\\nWhen it runs to the Mount of the Sun, it is most favorable, and promises\\nriches and celebrity.\\nWhen it reaches the Mount of Mercury, sudden and unexpected wealth\\nwill arise from it.\\nWhen the horizontal lines on Luna cross the face of the mount and reach\\nthe line of fate, the journeys will be longer and more important than those\\nindicated by the short, heavy lines also on that mount, though they may not\\nrelate to a change of country g-g, Plate XXII.).\\nWhen they enter the line of fate and ascend with it, they denote travels\\nthat will materially benefit the subject.\\nWhen the end of any of these horizontal lines droop or curve downward\\ntoward the wrist, the journey will be unfortunate (A 4 Plate XXII.). When\\nthey rise upward, no matter how short, it will be successful.\\nWhen one of these lines crosses another, such a journey will be repeated,\\nbut for some important reason.\\nAny square on such a line will show danger, but protection from acci\u00c2\u00ac\\ndent or misfortune.\\nIf the travel-line runs into the line of head and causes a spot, island, or\\nbreak, it foretells some danger to the head, or some malady arising from such a\\njourney (h-h, Plate XXII.).\\nACCIDENTS.\\nI have alluded to accidents considerably in my treatment of the line of\\ntravel and in relation to travel, but disasters are more marked on the line of\\nlife and line of head than at any other point.\\nIn the first place, the accident marked to the line of life denotes a more\\nimmediate danger of death, as follows\\nWhen, from an island on Saturn, a line falls downward and enters the\\nlife-line, serious, if not fatal, danger is indicated i-i Plate XXII.).\\nWhen such a line ends by a small cross, either on the line of life or with-", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0210.jp2"}, "209": {"fulltext": "Travel Voyages and Accidents. 141\\nout it, it tells that the subject will have some narrow escape from serious\\naccident.\\nWhen the same mark occurs lower down, at the base of the Mount of\\nSaturn, the accident will result more from animals than from other causes.\\nAny straight line from Saturn to the life-line means danger of some kind,\\nbut not so serious as from a line possessing the island either on Saturn or\\nlower down.\\nTo the line of head exactly the same rules apply, with this difference,\\nthat the danger will be direct to the head itself, but unless the accident line\\ncut or break the head-line the danger does not signify death as much as when\\nmarked on the line of life it denotes, as it were, that the person has time to\\nforesee the dangers that approach, and such a mark indicates a fright and\\nshock to the brain, but no serious results unless the line is injured or broken.", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0211.jp2"}, "210": {"fulltext": "CHAPTER XXVI.\\nTIME\u00e2\u0080\u0094THE SYSTEM OF SEVEN.\\nIn my own work I use a system as regards time and dates which I have\\nnever found mentioned elsewhere. It is one which I consider exceptionally\\naccurate, and I therefore recommend it to the student for his or her con\u00c2\u00ac\\nsideration. It is the system of seven, and I advance it as being taught by\\nnature in all her mysterious dealings with life.\\nIn the first place, we find from a medical and scientific standpoint the\\nseven a most important point of calculation. We find that the entire system\\nundergoes a complete change every seven years; that there are seven stages\\nof the prenatal existence; that the brain takes seven forms before it takes\\nupon itself the unique character of the human brain and so forth. Again,\\nwe find that in all ages the number seven has played a most important part\\nin the history of the world as, for instance, the seven races of humanity, the\\nseven wonders of the world, the seven altars to the seven gods of the seven\\nplanets, the seven days of the week, the seven colors, the seven minerals, the\\nsupposition of the seven senses, the three parts of the body each containing\\nseven sections, and the seven divisions of the world. Again, in the Bible\\nseven is the most important number; but it is superfluous to give further\\ndetails. The point that bears most largely on this subject is that of the\\nentire system undergoing a change every seven years. My own observation\\nleads me to also advance (simply for the consideration of the student) the\\ntheory that the alternate sevens are somewhat alike in their relation to the\\nfunctional changes of the body. For example, a child very delicate on pass\u00c2\u00ac\\ning the age of seven is also likely to be delicate on passiug the age of twenty-\\none, whereas a child healthy and strong at the age of seven will again be\\nhealthy and strong at twenty-one, no matter how delicate he or she may be\\nthrough the intermediate years. This is an interesting point in predictions\\n142", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0212.jp2"}, "211": {"fulltext": "TIME \u00e2\u0080\u0094THE SYSTEM OF SEVEN.\\nPlate XXIII", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0213.jp2"}, "212": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0214.jp2"}, "213": {"fulltext": "Time\u00e2\u0080\u0094The System of Seven.\\n143\\nrelating to health, and one which I have found not only interesting hut ex\u00c2\u00ac\\ntremely reliable. Every line on the hand can be divided into sections giving\\ndates with more or less accuracy. The most important lines, however, and\\nthose usually consulted in reference to dates, are those of life and fate. In\\nPlate XXIII. it will be noticed that I have divided the line of fate into three\\ngreat divisions, namely, twenty-one, thirty-five, and forty-nine, and if the\\nstudent will keep this in mind he will more easily fill in the subdivisions on\\nthe human hand itself. The point, however, which I cannot impress too\\nstrongly is, that the student must notice the class or type of hand before\\nproceeding or attempting to make the smallest calculation. It stands to\\nreason that there must be the greatest difference between the dates given by\\nthe palm of the square or spatulate hand and that of the psychic. If\\nthe student will bear this in mind, he will reduce or increase his scale in ac\u00c2\u00ac\\ncordance with the length of the palm. To mentally divide the lines into\\nsections as illustrated will be found the simplest and the most accurate plan\\nthat the student can pursue.\\nWhen, in the calculation of dates, the line of life and the line of fate are\\nused together, it will be found that they corroborate one another and give\\naccuracy as to the events. It is therefore not difficult, after a little practice,\\nto give a date as to when an illness or an event took place, or when such and\\nsuch a thing will happen. Practice gives perfection in all things; let not the\\nstudent be discouraged, therefore, if at first he finds difficulty in dividing the\\nlines into divisions and subdivisions.", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0215.jp2"}, "214": {"fulltext": "PART III.\u00e2\u0080\u0094ILLUSTRATIVE TYPES.\\nCHAPTER I.\\nA FEW WORDS ON SUICIDE.\\nI will now deal with a few illustrative types to help the student in the\\ncongregation of lines, signs, and formations that go to form each individual\\ncharacter. It is seldom, if ever, that one distinct mark or peculiarity has the\\npower to ruin or blight any one nature. An evil or dangerous sign as re\u00c2\u00ac\\ngards character merely shows the particular tendency in this or that direction.\\nIt takes a variety of wheels to make a watch: so does it take a variety of\\ncharacteristics to make a criminal or a saint. The type bearing the disposi\u00c2\u00ac\\ntion toward suicide is a very striking example of this. But before I go\\nfarther I would like to make a few remarks as to the subject of suicide itself.\\nIn every town in which I may reside, an establishment which has consider\u00c2\u00ac\\nable interest for me is that strange temple of death, the morgue. Why not\\nIf one in any sense studies life, he should study it to the borders of that\\nundiscovered country, from whose bourn no traveler returns.\u00e2\u0080\u009d The semi-\\nbarbarous, semi-human idea that by such an act the suicide has made him or\\nher self an outcast, not only to this world, but to the next, cannot be too\\nhighly condemned. Even in this so-called enlightened age I have seen\\nclergymen refuse to attend the grave. In some countries I have seen the\\nbody of the suicide dug up in the dead of night and buried in the sand of\\nthe sea-sliore, or, worse still, thrown over the cliffs into the sea. It is not\\nthe treatment to the corpse that I raise my voice against\u00e2\u0080\u0094the dead feel noth\u00c2\u00ac\\ning, the corpse is clay\u00e2\u0080\u0094it is the brutality of the lij-ing that makes me speak.\\nPeople who lightly consider this matter are apt to say that such things do\\n144", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0216.jp2"}, "215": {"fulltext": "A Few Words on Suicide.\\n145\\nnot exist nowadays\u00e2\u0080\u0094but do they not? During my stay in England in\\n1893, four cases came to my notice, and even in New York in 1894, in the\\ncase of a well-known actress, it was almost impossible to get any clergy\u00c2\u00ac\\nman to say a few words over the grave.\\nI must lay considerable stress on this point of suicide, even if I am\\nseverely criticized for my remarks\u00e2\u0080\u0094for what would be the good of attempting\\nto analyze life if one did not state his opinions freely and without reserve! I\\nknow I shall be criticized for saying that I have not found that it is weak-\\nminded people who generally commit suicide, On the contrary, I have\\nmerely found that they belong to a different class of mentality from those\\nwho prefer to hang on to the skirts of life through misery and misfortune.\\nIt is preposterous that we should set up any narrow lines of what is right or\\nwhat is wrong, knowing as we do that we are, and always have been, in\\ncomplete ignorance of the laws governing life, from the birth of the child to\\nthe development of the individual. What seems right to one may be utterly\\nwrong to another, according to the mental vision which decides our conduct.\\nThere is a well-known disease which affects the senses in such a way that the\\nscratching of a pencil in the same room sounds to the sufferer like the rum\u00c2\u00ac\\nble of a mail-cart, while the striking of a match seems more dazzling than\\na flash of lightning. In the same way the mind, under pressure of desire,\\nof sorrow, or of anxiety, may become more keenly sensitive to \u00e2\u0080\u009cthe slings\\nand arrows of outrageous fortune.\u00e2\u0080\u009d Why, then, should we judge and mea\u00c2\u00ac\\nsure and condemn such people, simply because we do not all see with their\\neyes, hear with their ears, and understand with their understanding f\\nI must also take exception to the every-day phrase of the jury\u00e2\u0080\u0094\u00e2\u0080\u009cCom\u00c2\u00ac\\nmitted suicide while of unsound mind,\u00e2\u0080\u009d as used in reference to all people,\\nwhether evidence is given to prove insanity or not. The idea that because an\\nindividual commits suicide he must necessarily be insane, is on the face of it\\nabsurd, as it has often been demonstrated that the most marvelous reason\\nand logic have been used to balance every side of the question before the in\u00c2\u00ac\\ndividual has come to the conclusion that in his particular case the search for\\ndeath was the noblest thing in life. I have known suicides to show the great\u00c2\u00ac\\nest possible courage, the strongest fortitude, and the greatest will in facing\\nthat mighty angel of mystery whom, all their life long, they have been taught", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0217.jp2"}, "216": {"fulltext": "146\\nChe Ira\u00e2\u0080\u0099s Language of the Hand.\\nto avoid and dread. I have known the most noble deeds of silent martyrdom\\nperformed by those who afterward would scarce receive Christian burial. I\\nhave known not a few cases of persons suffering from an incurable disease\\nending life a few months sooner\u00e2\u0080\u0094and why Not because of the agony they\\nsuffered, but because they were causing their children to suffer, and burden\u00c2\u00ac\\ning them with expenditure which they could not afford; and yet I have been\\ntold that such a person could have no part or lot in that kingdom of peace,\\nbe it rest or be it life, which lies beyond the silence of the tomb. Is it man,\\nor ghoul, 01 devil, I ask, who has thus the presumption to dictate to man the\\nwishes or the judgments of that which is Almighty What man among the\\nmortals of the earth has the right to elect himself the mouthpiece of the Om\u00c2\u00ac\\nnipotent and the Unknown How many poor suicides has this relic of\\nbarbarianism condemned to the everlasting torment of the spirit? How\\nmany mothers has this fetishism broken beneath the wheels of its Jugger\u00c2\u00ac\\nnaut How many sisters have cried and sobbed beneath the darkness of the\\nnight How many brothers have raised defiant eyes to heaven that such\\na thing could be\\nAlas! thou great Spirit of life, of death, of all that is, of all that will\\nbe, we know not thy name, thy being, thy creation, or the ultimate purpose\\nfor which thou hast endowed man and shaped man in the carrying out of\\nthy design. As we are nothing, forgive us all things; as we ask for nothing,\\ngive us but what w T e need; and as we be nothing, be thou to us the all-\\nsufficient, the life, the death, the eternal of the soul.", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0218.jp2"}, "217": {"fulltext": "CHAPTER II.\\nTHE PECULIARITIES OF HANDS WHICH SHOAV A SUICIDAL TENDENCY.\\nThe hand is generally long, with a sloping line of head, and a developed\\nMount of Luna, particularly toward its base. The line of head is also very\\nmuch connected with the line of life, and so increases the excessivelv sensi-\\ntive nature of the subject. In such a case the individual would not naturally\\nbe morbid or even show the inclination for suicide, but the nature is so\\nsensitive and so imaginative that any trouble, grief, or scandal is intensified a\\nthousandfold, and to kill or injure self gives the peculiar satisfaction of self\u00c2\u00ac\\nmartyrdom to such a type, as exemplified bv Plate XXV.\\nThe same indications being found in connection with a well-developed\\nMount of Saturn will give the thoroughly sensitive, morbid nature; an in\u00c2\u00ac\\ndividual who will determinedly come to the conclusion that life under any\\ncircumstances is not worth living\u00e2\u0080\u0094so the slightest provocation by trouble or\\ndisappointment causes him to quietly and resignedly fly to that last resource\\nwhich he has cherished and thought of for so long.\\nThe excessively drooping line of head (Plate XXV.) on a pointed or\\nconic hand denotes the same result, but only through the sudden impulse that\\nis characteristic* of the nature. To such a person a shock or trouble is all-\\nsufficient to impart the impulse to the excitable disposition, and before there\\nis time to think, the deed is done.\\nThe opposite of this excitability is shown in the case of the subject\u00e2\u0080\u0099s com\u00c2\u00ac\\nmitting suicide when the line of head is not abnormally sloping. Such a\\nperson, however, will have the line closely connected with the line of life, a\\ndepressed Mount of Jupiter, and a very fully developed Saturn. Such a sub\u00c2\u00ac\\nject will feel the disappointments of life unusually keenly; he will as well\\nhave a melancholy and gloomy turn of mind he will, however, be logical in\\nweighing every side of the question for lite and death, and if he arrives at the\\n147", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0219.jp2"}, "218": {"fulltext": "148\\nCheiro s Language of the Hand.\\nconclusion that the game is up and the battle over as far as he is concerned,\\nhe will, in a most reasonable and sensible manner, according to liis stand\u00c2\u00ac\\npoint, proceed to put an end to all misfortunes. What such a person will\\nsuffer before he arrives at this conclusion it is scarcely possible to estimate.\\nWe are all so wrapped up in our own interests and affairs that we hardly see\\nor notice the pale, worn face that lias suffered so patiently, the hollow eyes of\\nwakeful nights, the wasted cheeks of hunger, that appear for a moment by\\nour side, and are gone forever.", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0220.jp2"}, "219": {"fulltext": "CHAPTER III.\\nPROPENSITIES FOR MURDER.\\nMurder can be divided into a great many different classes. What the\\nhand principally recognizes is that of the abnormal tendency toward crime,\\nthe class of crime itself being traced by the type of hand in respect to the\\ninclinations of the subject. That some people have a natural predilection\\ntoward murder cannot, I think, lie doubted. There are born criminals as\\nwell as born saints. It depends upon the development of the will, in keeping\\nwith the surroundings and circumstances, whether the criminal tendencies\\nwill be developed or not. The destructive tendency as exhibited by children\\ndoes not denote their want of sense, but denotes the innate sense of destruction\\nbefore it has been curbed by the fear of consequences, by the will, or the sur\u00c2\u00ac\\nroundings that are brought to bear upon the nature. Some people born into\\nthe world have this propensity more developed than others; the slightest flaw\\nin their surroundings being responsible for the after-evolution of the criminal.\\nAgain, I do not hold that to be criminal, in giving way to passion, to tempta\u00c2\u00ac\\ntion, is to be weak-minded. On the contrary, crime can only be considered\\nin relation to the individual. What is temptation to one is not temptation to\\nanother. I do not hold that because of such things crime should go un\u00c2\u00ac\\npunished; on the contrary, crime must be dealt with for the protection of\\nthe community but what I do hold is, that crime should be punished in ac\u00c2\u00ac\\ncordance with the individual and not in accordance with the crime. A\\nfamiliar instance is furnished in the case of a boy tried for theft in New Tork\\nin March, 1894. He was proved guilty of stealing a loaf of bread, and sen\u00c2\u00ac\\ntenced to fourteen years\u00e2\u0080\u0099 imprisonment.\\nIt therefore follows that in the study of crime one must place one\u00e2\u0080\u0099s self\\nas far as possible in the position of the criminal. (It is astonishing how\\n149", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0221.jp2"}, "220": {"fulltext": "150 Propensities for Murder.\\nmany different expressions one finds in tlie face of a picture from different\\npoints of view.)\\nAs regards the hand, it divides murder into three very distinct classes\\n1st. The murderer made so by the instinct to kill, as exhibited in the\\nbrute creation, through passion, fury, or revenge.\\n2d. The murderer made so by the greed of gain the nature that will\\nstop at nothing in order to gratify the covetous tendency.\\n3d. The utterly heartless disposition which feeds on the sufferings of\\nothers: the nature that will even live on friendlv terms with the victim\u00e2\u0080\u0094the\\n7\\none that will, as it were, deal out death in drops of honey; the person who\\ncannot be touched by the longings for life exhibited by the sufferer, and who,\\nthough keenly alive to the danger, feels in that danger a sense of delight, and\\nwith utter lack of moral consciousness, takes more pleasure in such work than\\nin the gain it brings.\\nThe first class is very ordinary. The man or woman becomes a mur\u00c2\u00ac\\nderer by circumstances. Such an individual may be thoroughly good-\\nnatured and kind-hearted, but some provocation excites the blind fury of the\\nanimal nature, and when the deed is done, such a one is generally crushed\\nand broken by remorse.\\nIn such cases the hand shows no bad sign more than ungovernable tem\u00c2\u00ac\\nper and brute passion. It is, in fact, the elementary hand, or a near approach\\nto it. The line of head is short, thick, and red, the nails short and red, and\\nthe hand heavy and coarse. The most remarkable characteristic, however,\\nwill be the thumb. The thumb will be set very low on the hand; it will be\\nshort and thick in the second phalange, and the first phalange will be what is\\ncalled \u00e2\u0080\u009cthe clubbed thumb\u00e2\u0080\u009d (Plate VIII.), very short, broad, and square: this\\nis found almost without exception in such types. If in such cases the Mount\\nof Venus is also abnormally large,sexual passion will be the destroyer; when\\nnot unusually developed, the greatest failing will be that of ungovernable\\ntemper.\\nIn the second class none of these points will be abnormal; the most\\nstriking peculiarity will lie the line of head, which will be heavily marked,\\nbut with a decided growth upward (Plate XXIV.); it will be found in an\\nabnormal position, rising high toward Mercury, or far before it reaches that", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0222.jp2"}, "221": {"fulltext": "Clieiro\u00e2\u0080\u0099s Language of the Hand.\\n151\\npoint it completely leaves its place on the right hand; as the propensities be\u00c2\u00ac\\ncome stronger, it enters the line of heart, takes possession of it, as it were,\\nand thus completely masks all the generous impulses or kind thoughts of the\\nsubject. (See previous remarks on the line of head, Part II., Chapter IX.,\\npage 96.) The hand is usually hard, the thumb not abnormally thick, but\\nlong, very stiff, and contracted inward. The entire formation gives covetous\\npropensities, and an utter want of conscience in the pursuit of gain.\\nThe third class, to the student of human nature, is the most interesting,\\nthough it may be the most terrible.\\nIt is the hand of the subtlest nature in regard to crime. There will be\\nnothing abnormal in connection with the hand itself. It will be only by ex-\\nanimation of all the characteristics that the treacherous side of this nature\\nwill be discovered. The leading features, however, will be a very thin, hard\\nhand, long, the fingers generally slightly curved inward; the thumb long,\\nand with both phalanges well developed, giving both the ability to plan and\\nthe strength of will necessary for execution it will rarely, if ever, be found\\nbent or inclining outward, although such a formation exists at times on the\\nhands of the first-mentioned class.\\nThe line of head may or may not be out of its proper position. It will,\\nhowever, be set higher than usual across the hand, but will be very long and\\nvery thin, denoting the treacherous instincts. The Mount of Venus may be\\neither depressed on the hand, or very high. When depressed, such a subject\\nwill commit crime simply for the sake of crime when high, the crime will\\nbe committed more for the sake of satisfying the animal desires.\\nSuch are the hands of the skilled artists in crime. Murder with such\\npersons is reduced to a fine art, in the execution of which they will study\\nevery detail. They will rarely, if ever, kill their victim by violence\u00e2\u0080\u0094such a\\nthing would be vulgar in their eyes\u00e2\u0080\u0094poison is the chief instrument that they\\nemploy, but so skilfully that the verdict is usually Death from natural\\ncauses.\u00e2\u0080\u009d", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0223.jp2"}, "222": {"fulltext": "CHAPTER IV.\\nVARIOUS PHASES OF INSANITY.\\nIt lias often been said that all men are mad on some particular point. It\\nis when this madness passes the half-way point of eccentricity that the title\\nlunatic is bestowed upon the individual. As there are many forms of mad\u00c2\u00ac\\nness, so are there many indications given by the hand. The chief types that\\nwe will consider here are the following\\n1st. Melancholy and religious madness, hallucinations, etc.\\n2d. The development of the crank.\\n3d. The natural madman.\\nMELANCHOLY AND RELIGIOUS MADNESS.\\nIn the first case the line of head, on a rather broad hand, descends with\\na sharp curve low down on the Mount of Luna, very often to the base, de\u00c2\u00ac\\nnoting the abnormally imaginative temperament of the subject. In addition\\nto this, the Mount of Venus is not well developed, thus decreasing the sub\u00c2\u00ac\\nject\u00e2\u0080\u0099s interest in all human or natural things; and lastly, the Mount of Saturn\\ndominates.\\nAs a rule, such is the hand of the religious maniac. He commences\\nearly in life with strong hallucinations from the extraordinary imagination\\nthat he possesses, which imagination, if directed into the proper channel,\\nwould probably work oft its excess and relieve itself, but if opposed, feeds on\\nitself, and thus increases. At first this is shown only occasionally in fits and\\nstarts. Its periods then grow longer and longer, until at last its moments of\\nbalance are few and far between. This is the morbid or melancholy type of\\nthe religious maniac.\\n152", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0224.jp2"}, "223": {"fulltext": "Cheiro s Language of the Hand.\\n153\\nTHE DEVELOPMENT OF THE CEANK.\\nThis type of madness is generally found in conjunction with two very\\ndistinct types\u00e2\u0080\u0094the spatulate and the philosophic.\\nIn the first type it is the very sloping line of head on an extremely spatu-\\nlate formation. At the commencement it merely denotes daring originality,\\nwhich will show itself in every possible direction. It dissipates its own power\\nby attempting too many things, owing to the multitude of its inventive ideas.\\nAgain I say, if the subject could only get into some position in life where he\\nmight work off those ideas, all would oe well, and he might even give to the\\nworld some great invention or discovery which would benefit mankind. But\\nattempt to crush such a man by some occupation entirely foreign to his\\nnature, and you instantly turn all his current of thought to some extraordinary\\ninvention which he attempts to work out in secret; one which he dreams will\\nbe successful, and whose success will emancipate him from the slavery he is\\nunder. The very fact of his having to work in secret, the weakening of his\\nnerve-power by confinement and by intensity of thought, the excitement un\u00c2\u00ac\\nder which he labors, is the laboratory where, in the end, he turns himself out\\n\u00e2\u0080\u0094mad.\\nThe next type is the philosophic. This is again shown by a sudden\\ncurve of the line of head on the Mount of Luna, and with an accentuated\\nphilosophic formation. In this case the crank, and eventually the madman,\\nleans toward the extraordinary in the salvation of mankind. He means well,\\nfrom first to last; he is, however, a fanatic on whatever point, doctrine, or\\ntheory he advances. It requires but unfavorable circumstances, non-success,\\nand the indifference of the public to make this subject pass the half-way\\nmark of eccentricity and become the lunatic.\\nIf his weak point be religion, his is never that of the melancholy; on\\nthe contrary, he is the only person who knows the secret of the kingdom of\\nheaven\u00e2\u0080\u0094all others are lost. It is not that he wishes to be alone when\\nhe gets there\u00e2\u0080\u0094it is his feverish anxiety for others which makes him ex\u00c2\u00ac\\nceptional. For this object he works day and night; he denies himself the\\nenjoyment of life, even food, in the terrible haste to accomplish his desire;", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0225.jp2"}, "224": {"fulltext": "154 Various Phases of Insanity.\\nthe brain becomes more and more off its balance, and the man becomes more\\nand more mad.\\nTHE NATURAL MADMAN.\\nMalformation of the brain is responsible for this type, which, by a study\\nof the hand, can be divided into two distinct classes\u00e2\u0080\u0094that of the hopeless\\nidiot, and that of the vicious lunatic.\\nIn the first class we generally find a wide, sloping line of head, formed\\nentirely of islands and little hair-lines. This never gives any hope what\u00c2\u00ac\\never of reason or intelligence, and denotes that the subject has been brought\\ninto the world with a brain insufficient\u00e2\u0080\u0094either in quantity or in quality\u00e2\u0080\u0094to\\ngovern or control the body, and the hopeless idiot is the result.\\nIn the second division of this type the line of head, instead of being a\\ncontinuous line, is made up of short, wavy branches running in all directions.\\nA number of them rise inside the line of life on Mars, and cross to the other\\nMars on the opposite side of the hand. With this formation the nails are\\ngenerally short and red Such a type denotes the quarrelsome, vicious\\nlunatic more than any other class. In this case it will be noted that there\\nare often sane moments, but such are extremely rare, and with regard to the\\nlast two classes I have never known any recovery.", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0226.jp2"}, "225": {"fulltext": "CHAPTER V.\\nMODUS OPEKANDI,\\nIn tlie first place, I would advise the student to seat himself opposite his\\nsubject, so that a good light may fall directly on the hands. I would also\\nadvise that no person be allowed to stand or sit in close proximity, as un\u00c2\u00ac\\nconsciously a third person will distract the attention of both subject and\\npalmist. There is no special time absolutely necessary for the successful\\nreading of hands. In India they advocate the hour of sunrise, but that is\\nmerely because of the fact that the circulation of the blood is stronger at tin\\nextremities in the early morning than after the fatigue of the day, con\u00c2\u00ac\\nsequently the lines are more colored and distinct. By placing the subject\\ndirectly opposite, the student is in a better position to examine both hands at\\nthe same time. In proceeding with the examination, first notice carefully the\\ntype the hands belong to, whether the fingers are in keeping with the palm,\\nor in themselves relate to a distinct class; next carefully examine the left\\nhand, then turn to the right\u00e2\u0080\u0094see what modifications and changes have\\noccurred there, and make the right hand the basis of your reading.\\nOn all important points, such as illness, death, loss of fortune, marriage,\\nand so forth, see what the left promises before coming to the conclusion that\\nthis or that event will take place.\\nHold whatever hand you are examining firmly in yours; press the line or\\nmark till the blood flows into it\u00e2\u0080\u0094you will see by this means the tendencies of\\nits growth.\\nExamine every portion of the hand\u00e2\u0080\u0094back, front, nails, skin, color\u00e2\u0080\u0094before\\nspeaking. The first point should be the examination of the thumb: see\\nwhether it is long, short, or poorly developed; whether the will-phalange is\\nfirm or supple, whether it is strong or weak. Then turn your attention to\\nthe palm: note whether it is hard, soft, or flabby.\\n155", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0227.jp2"}, "226": {"fulltext": "156\\nModus Operandi.\\nI would next advise that you remark the fingers\u00e2\u0080\u0094their proportion to the\\npalm, whether long or short, thick or thin; class them as a whole, according\\nto the type they represent, or if they be mixed, class each individual finger.\\nThen notice the nails for their bearing on temper, disposition, and health.\\nFinally, after carefully examining the entire hand, turn your attention to the\\nmounts: see which mount or mounts have the greatest prominence; and then\\nproceed to the lines. There is no fixed rule as to the line to examine first;\\nthe best plan, however, is to start with the lines of life and health combined,\\nthen proceed to the line of head, the line of destiny, the line of heart, and\\nso on.\\nSpeak honestly, truthfully, yet carefully. You can tell the plainest truths,\\nbut you need not shock or hurt your consultant by doing so. Be as careful\\nwith that complicated piece of humanity before you as you would be in hand\u00c2\u00ac\\nling a fine and delicate piece of machinery. Above all things, you must be sym\u00c2\u00ac\\npathetic take the deepest possible interest in every person whose hands you\\nread; enter into their lives, their feelings, and their natures. Let your entire\\nambition be to do good, to be of some benefit to the person who consults you.\\nIf this be the foundation of your work, it will never tire or distress you; on\\nthe contrary, it will sustain you. If you meet friends, be thankful for their\\nfriendliness; if you meet enemies, be not argumentative for the sake of argu\u00c2\u00ac\\nment. Think of your work first, of self last.\\nAbove all things, be not impatient in the pursuit of this knowledge you\\nwill not learn a language in a day, neither must you expect to learn cheiro\u00c2\u00ac\\nmancy in an hour. Be not dismayed if you find it more difficult than you\\nhave imagined. Consider it earnestly\u00e2\u0080\u0094not in the light of an amusement, but\\nas a work entailing depth of thought, patience of research, and one worthy of\\nthe highest talents that you can give. If we study it aright, we hold within\\nour hands the keys of the mysteries of life. In it are hereditary laws, the\\nsins of the fathers, the karma of the past, the effect of the cause, the balance\\nof things that have been, the shadow of things to be.\\nLet us be careful, then, that this knowledge be used aright. Let us be\\nearnest in work, humble if success may crown work. Let us examine self\\nbefore we examine others. If we see crime, let us consider the temptation of\\nthe criminal. If we see faults, let us remember we are not perfect.", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0228.jp2"}, "227": {"fulltext": "Cheiro s Language of the Hand.\\n157\\nLet us be careful lest in the pursuit of knowledge we despise what may\\nseem to be beneath us\u00e2\u0080\u0094there is nothing beneath us; there is nothing\\ncommon, for all fulfil the purpose of humanity. Let us not think there is\\nno truth because we do not know, or that we possess the mysteries of the sun\\nbecause we see its light. Let us be humble, that knowledge may raise us;\\nlet us be seekers, that we may find.", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0229.jp2"}, "228": {"fulltext": "PART IV.\\nTHE APPARATUS FOR THOUGHT PHOTOGRAPHY AND REGISTER\\nCEREBRAL FORCE\\nr\\nIn the earlier pages of this work it will be noticed that I have alluded\\nmore than once to the idea of the brain generating an unknown force, which\\nnot only by its radiations through the body caused marks and variations\\non and in the body, but that also through the medium of the ether in the\\natmosphere every human being was more or less in touch with and influenced\\nby one another (see pages 16, 19, and 21).\\nWhen I made this statement some years ago, I did not do so only on\\nan opinion based on the writings of scientists such as Abercrombie, Herder,\\nand others, for I had at that time a tangible proof that such a force did\\nexist through experiments made by my friend, the well-known French savant\\nMonsieur E. Savary d\u00e2\u0080\u0099Odiardi. I knew that some years before I wrote of\\nthis force that this gentleman had invented an apparatus which had been\\nexhibited before the Academic des Sciences, Paris, in which a needle of metal\\ncould be moved a distance of ten degrees, by a person of strong will concen\u00c2\u00ac\\ntrating his attention on it at a distance of from two to three feet.\\nThis little machine was in its infancy then, and although scientists mar\u00c2\u00ac\\nveled at it in those days, yet there were few who thought it would ever be so\\nfar perfected as to be of use in any practical way but the brain of the man\\nwho could think out and invent such an apparatus could not be satisfied to\\nrest at such small beginnings; for nearly five years he patiently worked\\nand labored on, until at last, about two years ago, he triumphed over all\\n158", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0230.jp2"}, "229": {"fulltext": "159\\nThought Photography and Register Cerebral Torce.\\nobstacles, and constructed an apparatus which completely eclipsed the first\\nmachine he had invented, and showed with every person the action of\\nthought in the brain, and which, instead of only being able to move ten\\ndegrees, could register 300 in one movement. From that time on he con\u00c2\u00ac\\nfined his attention to observations of the registering needle with people of\\ndifferent emotions and idiosyncrasies of temperament.\\nIn his electro -medical hospital for the cure of diseases reputed incurable\\nby ordinary means, 1 he had ample opportunities of watching the effect of\\nvarious temperaments and diseases on this singular apparatus. The result\\nof h is work has been that he has been able, by 11 the observation of cases,\u00e2\u0080\u009d\\nto make certain rules to act as a guide in watching the indications of this\\ninstrument.\\nOn my return to London, in June, 1890, I had the honor of assisting\\nProfessor d\u00e2\u0080\u0099Odiardi with various experiments in connection with this appa\u00c2\u00ac\\nratus and, finally, for the sake of obtaining charts of all sorts and con\u00c2\u00ac\\nditions of people, he requested me to collaborate with him in the use of\\nthis machine, in order that he might enlarge his scope and field of observa\u00c2\u00ac\\ntion.\\nAfter placing notes made from hundreds of experiments in my hands,\\nI brought the instrument to my rooms in Bond Street, and have since then\\ntested it upward of thirty to forty times a day in connection with the\\nvarious people who visited me.\\nThe proof that the needle in this machine is influenced by a force\\nradiating from the brain is shown by the Professor in his experiments with\\npeople who approached it under the influence of certain drugs that injure\\nor stupefy the brain. This is also proved by the fact that though the entire\\nbody may be paralyzed, yet as long as the brain is uninjured the needle\\nin the instrument will act as before. He has also demonstrated that\\nsubjects addicted to the habit of having recourse to drugs known as\\nneuro-musculnr agents,\u00e2\u0080\u009d depressers of the reflex action of the spinal cord,\\n1 The Nottinghill Gate Hospital, 30 Silver Street, London, W.", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0231.jp2"}, "230": {"fulltext": "160\\nCheirds Language of the Hand.\\nsuch as chloral, chloroform, bromide of potassium, etc., are the less apt to\\nproduce (by looking at the instrument) a deflection or a succession of them\\nin the registering- needle thus demonstrating that the transmission of cere-\\nbral force by external radiation is interfered with by the use of such drugs;\\nthe absence of the radiation produced by thought-force seeming to point\\nout that the production of thought and the intensity of it is impaired by\\nthe ingestion and assimilation of those agents. Not only is such an effect\\nproduced by toxic drugs, but also by any kind of intoxication i. e by an\\nexcess of stimulants, whether in the form of drink or of food. Thus is the\\nstupefying effect of drunkenness and voracity scientifically proved by this\\nregistering apparatus.\\nThe same diminution of deflective power in a subject over the needle\\nis caused by anger, violence (after the fit), and by envy, jealousy, hatred\\n(during the fit). A subject being tested in the vicinity of a person he dis\u00c2\u00ac\\nlikes or hates is shown by the instrument to lose standard if in the vicin\u00c2\u00ac\\nity of a person he likes or loves the standard denoted by the needle is raised.\\nHe has also demonstrated that an idiot has no power to deflect the\\nneedle in the apparatus, whereas a single look from a person endowed\\nwith brain-power may cause a variety of movements and deflections even at\\na distance of from two to twenty feet.\\nAmong the many interesting experiments made from time to time by\\nthe inventor and myself, there is one that has been quoted by \u00e2\u0080\u009cAnswers\u00e2\u0080\u009d\\nin an article entitled, The Most Wonderful Machine in the World it\\nis to the effect that upon one occasion a gentleman stood in front of the\\ninstrument criticising its action and endeavoring, if possible, to find some\\nexplanation of its power. About the same time several other persons\\nentered the room, and in casual conversation one of them mentioned the\\nfact of a sudden fall in the value of South African Chartered Company\u00e2\u0080\u0099s\\nshares. No one knew that the gentleman looking at the machine was the\\nholder of many thousands of pounds worth of these shares; but at the\\nmoment the drop in the value was mentioned the man\u00e2\u0080\u0099s mental emotion", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0232.jp2"}, "231": {"fulltext": "161\\nThought Photography and Register Cerebral Force.\\ncaused the indicator in the machine to move rapidly, and register one of\\nthe highest numbers that has been recorded by it.\\nAnother curious experiment is that in which one can determine\\nwhether out of two people there is one who loves more than the other in\\nthis case the two persons are tested separately, and charts made out of\\ntheir movements shown by the machine. After they are left together for\\nhalf an hour they are again tested, and the one who loves the most will\\nbe found to have a greater influence on the instrument, while the person who\\nloves the least will be found to have lost power over the registering needle,\\nin a greater or less degree, according to the effect that has been produced\\nby the other person\u00e2\u0080\u0099s presence.\\nBut hundreds of interesting experiments might be cited in connection\\nwith this wonderful invention, which have been summed up by the editor\\nof T anity Fair, December 17, 1896, in which he says: \u00e2\u0080\u009cThis curiously\\ninteresting machine really seems to bridge the gulf between mind and\\nmatter.\u00e2\u0080\u009d\\nThe accompanying illustrations are taken almost at random from the\\nhundreds of charts that have been made from this instrument; they show,\\nin a very striking way, what a difference exists in the radiations of two\\npersons of widely different temperaments. No. 1 is that of Mr. Lionel\\nPhillips, who has played such an important part recently in connection with\\nSouth African affairs. No. 2 is that of a well-known London clergyman,\\nthe Rev. Russell Wakefield. These are good examples of what one would\\ncall two strong personalities, entirely distinct and different in magnetism,\\nwill-power, etc.\\nOne of the most extraordinary conditions of the machine is that there\\nis no physical contact whatever required (see Pall Mall Gazette article at the\\nend of appendix). In the regular course of experiments the person to be\\ntested stands within a foot to two feet of the instrument; but if the atmos\u00c2\u00ac\\nphere is clear and dry, a person of a strong will may influence the needle\\nat a distance of from ten to tw r enty feet.", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0233.jp2"}, "232": {"fulltext": "162\\nCheir o s Language of the Hand.\\nThere care no magnets employed by the operator, or electric commu\u00c2\u00ac\\nnication with the needle, except the unknown agent\u00e2\u0080\u0094be it odic force, mag\u00c2\u00ac\\nnetism, or something still more subtle that radiates from the brain through\\nthe body, and that, passing through the atmosphere, plays upon the con\u00c2\u00ac\\ndenser of this sensitive machine. People have tested this for themselves\\nin every conceivable manner. The greatest unbelievers in this machine\\nhave tried in every way to prove that the needle was moved by any other\\nagency but this unknown force radiating from the body, but one and all\\nhave in the end admitted that the action of the needle was due to a force\\ngiven off by the person tested.\\nOne of the leading divines in the Church of England, a few days\\nbefore this article was written, after seeing the machine being tested in a\\nvariety of ways, said: Such a machine not only would convince one of\\nthe influence of mind over matter, but more importantly the influence of\\nmind over mind for if the radiation of our thoughts affect this needle of\\nmetal, how much more so must we not affect the thoughts, ideas, and lives\\nof those around us.\u00e2\u0080\u009d\\nIn conclusion, may not then the very force that moves this needle be\\nthe very power that in its continual action marks the hand through the\\nperipheral nerves. We know not, and may never know, why this unseen\\nforce should write the deeds of the past or the dreams of the future. And\\nyet the prisoner in his dungeon will often write on the stones around him\\nhis name and legend, to be read or not, as the case may be. May not,\\nthen, the soul, as a captive in the body, write on the fleshly walls of its\\nprison-house its past trials, its future hopes, the deeds that it will some day\\nrealize? For if there be a soul, then is it, being a spirit, conscious of all\\nthings, its past joys, its present sorrows, and the future\u00e2\u0080\u0094be it what it may.\\nCheiro.\\n17 New Bond Street London.", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0234.jp2"}, "233": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0235.jp2"}, "234": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0236.jp2"}, "235": {"fulltext": "THE HAND OF DR. MEYER, CONVICTED OF MURDER, 8th JUNE, 1894,\\nPlate XXIV.", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0237.jp2"}, "236": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0238.jp2"}, "237": {"fulltext": "THE HAND OF A SUICIDE.\\nFlate XXV.\\ni", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0239.jp2"}, "238": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0240.jp2"}, "239": {"fulltext": "A BABY S HAND.\\nPlate XXVI.", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0241.jp2"}, "240": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0242.jp2"}, "241": {"fulltext": "HAND OF MADAME SARAH BERNHARDT.\\nPlate XXVII.", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0243.jp2"}, "242": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0244.jp2"}, "243": {"fulltext": "THE HAND OF MARK TWAIN.\\nhjf\\nPlate XXVill", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0245.jp2"}, "244": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0246.jp2"}, "245": {"fulltext": "ih\\ni\\nTHE HAND OF MADAME NORDICA.\\nPlate XXIX", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0247.jp2"}, "246": {"fulltext": "i\\nI", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0248.jp2"}, "247": {"fulltext": "THE HAND OF JOHN THEO DORE BENTLEY\\n(THE PAINTER OF THE \u00e2\u0080\u009cLIVING CHRIST\u00e2\u0080\u009d).\\nPlate XXX", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0249.jp2"}, "248": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0250.jp2"}, "249": {"fulltext": "THE RIGHT HAND OF LORD CHARLES BERESFORD\\nPlate L,", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0251.jp2"}, "250": {"fulltext": "i.ff v I 4", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0252.jp2"}, "251": {"fulltext": "s.\\nTHE RIGHT HAND OF MR. WILLIAM WH1TELEY\\n(\u00e2\u0080\u009cTHE UNIVERSAL PROVIDER,\u00e2\u0080\u009d LONDON)\\nPlate LI", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0253.jp2"}, "252": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0254.jp2"}, "253": {"fulltext": "THE RIGHT HAND OP GEN. SIR REDVERS BULLER, V.C., K.C.B.\\nPlate LU", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0255.jp2"}, "254": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0256.jp2"}, "255": {"fulltext": "THE RIGHT HAND OF REV. MINOT J. SAVAGE\\nPlate LI I", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0257.jp2"}, "256": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0258.jp2"}, "257": {"fulltext": "THE RIGHT HAND OF H. N. HIGINBOTHAM, ESQ.\\n(PRESIDENT world\u00e2\u0080\u0099s COLUMBIAN EXPOSITION)\\nPlate LIV.", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0259.jp2"}, "258": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0260.jp2"}, "259": {"fulltext": "CHEIRO\u00e2\u0080\u0099S INDIAN ROOM", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0261.jp2"}, "260": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0262.jp2"}, "261": {"fulltext": "THE HAND OF E. M. CURTISS, Esq.\\nPlate XLIII", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0263.jp2"}, "262": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0264.jp2"}, "263": {"fulltext": "THE HAND OF THE REV. C. H. PARKHURST, D.D.\\nPlate XL1V", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0265.jp2"}, "264": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0266.jp2"}, "265": {"fulltext": "THE LEFT HAND OF LADY LINDSAY\\nPlate XLV,", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0267.jp2"}, "266": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0268.jp2"}, "267": {"fulltext": "THE RIGHT HAND OF SIR ARTHUR SULLIVAN\\nPlate XLVI.", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0269.jp2"}, "268": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0270.jp2"}, "269": {"fulltext": "THE RIGHT HAND OF LADY HENRY SOMERSET\\nPlate XLVII", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0271.jp2"}, "270": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0272.jp2"}, "271": {"fulltext": "THE RIGHT HAND OF A PROMINENT MEMBER OF THE\\nHOUSE OF COMMONS\\nPlate XLVIII", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0273.jp2"}, "272": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0274.jp2"}, "273": {"fulltext": "THE RIGHT HAND OF MADAME MELBA\\nPlate XLIX.", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0275.jp2"}, "274": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0276.jp2"}, "275": {"fulltext": "THE HAND OF\\nCOLONEL ROBERT INGERSOLL.\\nPlate XXXI", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0277.jp2"}, "276": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0278.jp2"}, "277": {"fulltext": "THE HAND OF MRS. FRANK LESLIE.\\nPlate XX", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0279.jp2"}, "278": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0280.jp2"}, "279": {"fulltext": "THE HAND OF W. T. STEAD.\\nPlate XXXII", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0281.jp2"}, "280": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0282.jp2"}, "281": {"fulltext": "THE HAND OF THE RIGHT HON. JOSEPH CHAMBERLAIN. M.P.\\nPlate XXXIV", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0283.jp2"}, "282": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0284.jp2"}, "283": {"fulltext": "THE HAND OF AUSTEN CHAMBERLAIN, ESQ., M.P.\\n(Illustrative of hereditary tendencies see hand of his father. Plate XXXIV.)\\nPlate XXXV.", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0285.jp2"}, "284": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0286.jp2"}, "285": {"fulltext": "THE HAND OF MRS. ANNIE BESANT.\\nPlate XXXVI.", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0287.jp2"}, "286": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0288.jp2"}, "287": {"fulltext": "THE HAND OF THE LORD CHIEF JUSTICE OF ENGLAND,\\nLORD RUSSELL OF K1LLOWEN.\\nPlate XXXVII.", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0289.jp2"}, "288": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0290.jp2"}, "289": {"fulltext": "THE HAND OF THE COUNTESS OF ABERDEEN.\\nPlate XXXVIII", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0291.jp2"}, "290": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0292.jp2"}, "291": {"fulltext": "THE HAND OF SIR JOHN LUBBOCK, M.P.. F.R.S.\\nPlate XXXIX", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0293.jp2"}, "292": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0294.jp2"}, "293": {"fulltext": "THE HAND\\nOF SIR EDWIN ARNOLD.\\nPlate XL.", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0295.jp2"}, "294": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0296.jp2"}, "295": {"fulltext": "THE HAND OF SIR\\nFREDERICK LEIGHTON. P.R.A.\\nPlate XL", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0297.jp2"}, "296": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0298.jp2"}, "297": {"fulltext": "THE HAND OF THE SWAMI VIVEKANANDA.\\nPlate XL1I", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0299.jp2"}, "298": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0300.jp2"}, "299": {"fulltext": "APPENDIX.\\nOPINIONS OF THE PRESS AND PUBLIC.\\nA FEW EXTRACTS FROM CHEIRO\u00e2\u0080\u0099S AUTOGRAPH-BOOK.\\nThe Duke of Newcastle.\\nCkeiro has told my past and immediate future with wonderful accuracy, especially with\\nregard to certain coming events which he could not possibly have known.\\nOscar Wilde.\\nIndeed, Cheiro, the mystery of the world is the visible, not the invisible.\\nSir Henry Drummond Wolf.\\nI have been much struck by Cheiro s extraordinary power.\\nFlorence Marryat.\\nCheiro has recalled my past from my hand more accurately than I could have done from\\nmemory myself.\\nLieutenant-Colonel Ponsonby.\\nCheiro is really marvelous.\\nFlorence Fenwick Miller.\\nCheiro was very remarkable in his knowledge of my character, my surroundings, and (as\\nfar as I can myself see) the probabilities of my life. His rooms are crowded\u00e2\u0080\u0094and no wonder.\\nBlanche Roosevelt.\\nI am more than astonished marvelous\u00e2\u0080\u0094most marvelous.\\nRobt. T. Cooper, M.D.\\nCheiro has mapped out the leading characteristics of my past life with great accuracy. The\\nsubject is certainly deserving of calm and scientific study.\\nMelton Prior.\\nCheiro has inspired me with veneration for palmistry to an appalling extent.", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0301.jp2"}, "300": {"fulltext": "Appendix.\\nRev. Everard Blake, A.K.C.\\nClieiro not only told me the leading incidents of my life, but also most likely predictions\\nwith regard to my future.\\nLoie Fuller\\nThe marvelous things Clieiro read in my palm in 1890 have, more to my surprise than I can\\ntell, been proved to be absolutely true.\\nRita.\u00e2\u0080\u009d\\nClieiro has astonished me with his accurate description of my life during his reading of my\\nhand.\\nJohn Strange Winter.\\nClieiro told my past life from my hand with the most absolute accuracy.\\nMrs. Frank Leslie.\\nYour palm-reading is so startlingly true that your possession of this mysterious skill ot\\nfaculty might well inspire fear, were it accompanied by less of perfect trust and discretion.\\nElla Wheeler Wilcox.\\nCheiro helps as well as astonishes.\\nMadame Melba.\\nCheiro is wonderful what more can I say.\\nMark Twain.\\nCheiro has exposed my character to me with humiliating accuracy. I ought not to confess\\nthis accuracy, still I am moved to do it.\\nEXTRACTS FROM ENGLISH AND AMERICAN PRESS.\\nHearth and Home,\u00e2\u0080\u009d August 4.\\nCheiro is a wonder. I have had my hand told before, but never so minutely, never so ab\u00c2\u00ac\\nsolutely correctly. Every detail of my character, as I alone can know it, was given swiftly and\\nunerringly. My relations with various people were described. My emotions were analyzed and\\ntraced back to their beginnings. I was told my ambition in life, my hesitation in choosing a\\ncareer, what I had at first imagined to be my true bent, and what I should eventually find my\\ntrue bent to be. The exact state of my health now and in the past was given; and then Cheiro,\\nhaving thoroughly convinced me of his claims upon my time and intelligence, proceeded to read\\nme some of the dark, mysterious future. I know in what year I shall die, in what year I shall\\nlose money, when I shall marry, and when I shall attain success. At least I feel as if I knew it,\\nfor if Cheiro cau read the past, as he undoubtedly can, why should he not read the future", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0302.jp2"}, "301": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3723", "width": "2861", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0303.jp2"}, "302": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0304.jp2"}, "303": {"fulltext": "Appendix.\\nLife,\u00e2\u0080\u009d August 13.\\nThe past is an open book to Cheiro (he has read some thousands of hands during his life\u00c2\u00ac\\ntime), the present is clear as noon, while the future is unraveled with no particle of hesitancy.\\nMen of letters, scientists, and all grades of profession have affixed their names to appreciative\\nnotices of his achievements.\\n\u00e2\u0080\u009cThe Morning,\u00e2\u0080\u009d July 6.\\nCheiro\u00e2\u0080\u0099s mission is the science of the hand. He dealt with The Morning reporter\u00e2\u0080\u0099s hand\\nsuccessfully, and on a scientific basis. The right is the one he reads from it is the hand we\\nmake as far as the lines upon it are concerned. Any development of the brain is indicated by\\nthe lines which he traces. He has letters of acknowledgment of his success as a palmist frou?\\nhundreds of people known to fame in this England of ours.\\nThe Pelican,\u00e2\u0080\u009d September 10.\\nI have had my hands read many a time, but never has any one been able to tell me what\\nCheiro did yesterday. Every little detail connected with my past he explained so minutely, so\\ncorrectly even certain things I had thought of doing only* a few days before. He is not a for\u00c2\u00ac\\ntune-teller or a thought-reader\u00e2\u0080\u0094at least he does not pose as either he simply reads your ha lld\\nin a straight-forward manner, without paying you any compliments. He explains exactly what\\nevery line means, shows you where it ends or crosses another, and gives you the reason why.\\nCheiro\u00e2\u0080\u0099s autograph-book is filled with testimonials from scientific men and women of the day.\\nSociety,\u00e2\u0080\u009d October 29.\\nCheiro the palmist, whose salon has been so extensively visited during the season, main\u00c2\u00ac\\ntains that cheiromancy is a science, but his marvelous intuition strikes all those who have\\nsubmitted themselves to his examination. Neither the past, the present, nor the future of the\\nmost perfect strangers seem to be veiled mysteries to him.\\n\u00e2\u0080\u009cThe Lady,\u00e2\u0080\u009d October 13.\\nA visit to Cheiro is fraught with much interest, for it is a decidedly novel experience\\nto have your inner thoughts and character calmly and candidly set forth, all the chief events of\\nyour past life quietly narrated, and predictions for the future confidently pronounced. Nor is\\nthere any mystery in all this, as Cheiro carefully explains every line as he proceeds, giving the\\nname of each one and his theory concerning it\u00e2\u0080\u0094a theory which certainly works out with start\u00c2\u00ac\\nling exactness.\\nWoman,\u00e2\u0080\u009d October 19.\\nHow far palmists may be permitted by a higher Power to read the future is not for me to\\nsay, but that Cheiro read that the whole conditions that must necessarily affect my future life\\nhad changed in the last few years it is idle to deny but setting past and future aside, no one,\\nhowever anxious to decry the palmist\u00e2\u0080\u0099s art, can let Cheiro read their hands without marveling\\nat his microscopic delineation, in slow, well-chosen words, of one\u00e2\u0080\u0099s disposition, one\u00e2\u0080\u0099s inner self.", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0305.jp2"}, "304": {"fulltext": "Appendix.\\nHe tells one of weak points, points to guard against, as well as those to cherish; of fancies,\\nambitions, and aspirations which we thought hidden from every one but ourselves.\\nWhitehall Review,\u00e2\u0080\u009d February 25.\\nMy belief in Palmistry and the truth of it has been confirmed by a visit to that well-known,\\nclever Palmist, Cheiro. However skeptical you may be, one must be inclined to believe that\\nthere is truth in Palmistry when your past life can be read so accurately by a stranger.\\nCheiro tested by the \u00e2\u0080\u009cNew York World.\u00e2\u0080\u009d\\nWithout knowing either the names or the positions in life of any of the people, and with\u00c2\u00ac\\nout asking a question or any beating about the bush, Cheiro read from impressions of hands on\\npaper the life and characteristics of each person with the most wonderful accuracy.\\n(See article New York World, November 26, 1893.)\\n\u00e2\u0080\u009cThe Morning Journal,\u00e2\u0080\u009d December 17.\\nIt would seem as if this prince of palmists, Cheiro, were a descendant of the old Egyptian\\nsorcerers, by the remarkable and almost uncanny ease with which he read the lives of people\\nwhose hands we showed him impressions of on paper, without giving him the slightest clue as\\nto who the people were.\\nThe Recorder,\u00e2\u0080\u009d New York, October 2.\\nCheiromancy, as practised by Cheiro, is an exact science. The hand contains an epitome\\nof the life s l\u00e2\u0080\u0099ecord, and also of the destiny which awaits each man.\\n\u00e2\u0080\u009cSunday Advertiser,\u00e2\u0080\u009d New York, October 29.\\nCheiro has extraordinary power, absorbed from unusual sources and knowledge acquired\\nin peculiar ways there is no doubt that he possesses the faculty of reading human nature to a\\nwonderful degree.\\n\u00e2\u0080\u009cThe World,\u00e2\u0080\u009d New York, November 12.\\nIn London, Cheiro was the rage, and read the hands of everybody who was anybody,\\nincluding royalty. The aggregate of his hand-reading up to date is 19,000.\\nThe Press,\u00e2\u0080\u009d New York, February 18.\\nCheiro is a veritable wizard, a necromancer, a magician, a male witch who would have been\\nburned at the stake in the days of Cotton Mather. Cheiro\u00e2\u0080\u0099s history is as strange as his pro\u00c2\u00ac\\nfession. The blood of many nations flows in his veins and makes him cosmopolitan. He lived\\namong the Brahmans for four years, and in the summer of \u00e2\u0080\u009992 turned up in New Bond Street,\\nLondon, and converted the greatest skeptics to belief in palmistry\u00e2\u0080\u0094at least m his method of\\ndoing it.\\nCurrent Literature,\u00e2\u0080\u009d February 1.\\nCheiro has studied the hand from a purely scientific standpoint. He is just twenty-six\\nyears of age, and last year his rooms in New Bond Street, London, were filled with the most", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0306.jp2"}, "305": {"fulltext": "Appendix\\nfashionable people, and he was entertained everywhere by the social leaders of the city. He\\nhas written one or two valuable books on his favorite subject, and altogether can best be\\ndescribed, in Blanche Roosevelt\u00e2\u0080\u0099s own words, as marvelous, most marvelous 1\u00e2\u0080\u009d\\n\u00e2\u0080\u009cOnce a Week,\u00e2\u0080\u009d March 31st.\\nCheiro\u00e2\u0080\u0099s reading is minute, clear, and logical. He does not generalize or fall back upon\\nmere indications of character, but goes straight to the very heart of the matter, showing where,\\nwhen, and why you have failed, what possibilities lie before you, and what moral force must\\nbe brought to bear to prevent failure in the future. Swiftly and unerringly he lays bare every\\ndetail of your character as you alone can know it. He can even describe your relations with\\nother people and the influences they have had on your life.\\n\u00e2\u0080\u009cFrank Leslie s Weekly,\u00e2\u0080\u009d May 10th.\\nCheiro is on his tour around the world, but proposes to remain for an extended time in\\nIndia, where a welcome is awaiting him. He is to be the guest of a Maharaja, and is to have\\nthe use of certain ancient works on Cheiromancy, which many of the Indian potentates are\\nanxious to revive. During his season in London he read nearly nine thousand palms, for\\nwhich he has many letters of commendation from royalty, statesmen, savants, and both men\\nand women prominent in the world.\\n\u00e2\u0080\u009cThe Boston Herald,\u00e2\u0080\u009d May 5th.\\nCheiro can tell without error the field or fields in which a person can distinguish him\u00c2\u00ac\\nself, if in any. He can reveal to him his whole inner nature; he can warn him of impending\\ndangers, especially when these take the form ot an evil tendency, unchecked often because\\nunknown or of a disease existent in germ; he can even foretell with considerable accuracy\\nof time and circumstance the chief events of the life.\\nThe Boston Post,\u00e2\u0080\u009d May 12th.\\nCheiro is a solid, sensible, earnest student whose knowledge of hands is inborn, since from\\nearliest childhood fate has led him to the close study of human nature as revealed in the\\nshapes and lines of the hand.\\n\u00e2\u0080\u009cThe Boston Journal,\u00e2\u0080\u009d April 7th.\\nCheiro is a scientist, and furthermore makes no mystery of his science. He has proved\\nby his life and experience that it can be used for the help and advancement of the human\\nrace, both morally and mentally.\\n\u00e2\u0080\u009cThe Boston Budget,\u00e2\u0080\u009d June 3d.\\nCheiro, the Palmist, is one of the most remarkable scientists that the world has ever\\nknown. His great learning, the thoughtful, the philosophic power, the charm of personality\\nin Cheiro makes his counsel of value, and raises his w r ork to a scholarly and scientific basis.\\nHis occult knowledge is vast and genuine, and the true seeker after the higher life cannot\\nbut find in his aid the most potent stimulus.", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0307.jp2"}, "306": {"fulltext": "Appendix.\\nPRESS NOTICES OE LECTURES.\\n\u00e2\u0080\u009cThe New York Herald,\u00e2\u0080\u009d February 25th.\\nCheiro s lecture before \u00e2\u0080\u009cThe Lotus Club was extremely interesting. He showed that\\nPalmistry was a reliable guide not only to character, but to events.\\nThe Boston Herald,\u00e2\u0080\u009d April 19th.\\nChickering Hall was crowded yesterday with a distinguished audience to hear Clieiro,\\nwho is now making a tour of the world in the interests of his science. In his lecture proper\\nCheiro pointed to the great antiquity of Palmistry, and to the repute in which it has been held\\nby the first minds of antiquity. He gave in detail some of the medical and scientific reasons\\non which the truth of Cheiromancy rested. He also pointed to its practical uses in life, in its\\nutility in the knowledge of health and disease, as well as for the revelation of character and\\nhereditary tendencies. The lecturer also expounded the oriental philosophy of life that went\\nalong with the science, and made an eloquent plea for it on the ground of its thoroughly\\nscientific character and its superior humanity- Cheiro is young and handsome in feature.\\nHe makes a most engaging lecturer. He held his audience to the last, and at tile end was\\ngreeted with unstinted applause.\\n\u00e2\u0080\u009cBoston Saturday Evening Gazette,\u00e2\u0080\u009d April 20th.\\nCheiro, the Palmist, called forth a large and fashionable assemblage at Chickering Hall\\non Thursday afternoon, when his lecture on Palmistry from a scientific standpoint, together\\nwith the relation of several incidents of his early life, proved of rare interest.\\nThe Evening Item,\u00e2\u0080\u009d Lynn, June 4th.\\nCheiro, the celebrated Palmist, gave a remarkable lecture on his science before a large\\nand fashionable audience at Odd Fellows\u00e2\u0080\u0099 Hall on Monday evening. The speaker not only\\nunderstood his subject, but was also a thorough master of the art of laying his facts and\\nexplanations before his audience in such a way that their attention and interest was kept to\\nthe last. He was heartily applauded at the close.\\nJr\\n\u00e2\u0080\u009cThe Boston Herald,\u00e2\u0080\u009d June 16th.\\nCheiro delivered a most instructive and entertaining lecture on his art, illustrated by Stere-\\nopticon Views of hands of famous people, in the Association Hall last night. In spite of the\\nhot weather, the large hall was filled to the doors with fashionable and distinguished people,\\nand at the close of the lecture Cheiro was greeted with enthusiastic applause.", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0308.jp2"}, "307": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0309.jp2"}, "308": {"fulltext": "o 4 y\\nV vVJ-\\nc l. l v r NK\\nNn* s, 0 v o n o .S?\\nA .fr s s 7 C\u00e2\u0080\u0098 V\\n*vste v\\nt p\\n||Ip| z\\nA\\no N C a\\\\ e V\\nf x\\\\ x P ^i, 1 O\\nJ.X\\nx -7-\u00c2\u00bb\\nV*\\nL -o l\\no5 %t.\\nt-tyjjy p r\\\\ _\\n\u00e2\u0080\u0094V 0 ;.rv^\u00e2\u0080\u0099\\nc% l I %y O i ,J ]p 3 t A vtf c$\\nv 6 X x \\\\-y V.s\u00c2\u00a3.\\\\F 0/\\n-i L V 0*7 v r s oV\\n-f is\\n0 N\\n*o 0 N\\noS vt\\ns V.\\n0\\na r v^\u00c2\u00bbTr t _\\nv *t c* v 0 p .0 r o c\\nV* J 1 -P, 1- A 5) V\\nV\\ns -1 J f p ,,n. S l, v f- \u00e2\u0096\u00a0P T*\\nu ^sVAT\\\\ 5s j?;/ y^z, v ,Vs y v,\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0io fr^- 1\\nV 4f: s. 00\\ny\\nC* vS5\u00c2\u00b0 c- L t vr\\nl~ 0 N 0 C *81\\nc^ V +1: P y\\nv s x 0 a 9 v\\n.8?\\nO N Z a\\\\\\nt\u00c2\u00ae ^P A*\\nW x c o V t .J- X\\nIPM M-.VJ \\\\V V P r/.. f\\nV y f\\\\ C\u00e2\u0080\u0098 y n\u00e2\u0080\u009c r A\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2\u00e2\u0080\u0099v^\\n9 x. 1 x J fy 1 0 x 4.^\\nv* c\\nP o ww^ w#r\\no 6 v-C r0\\na ,a .o *7 W T\u00c2\u00ab A *b V\\n.0^ c *4, o\\n1 45 0 P VI \u00e2\u0080\u00a2\\\\~srPkL.* o\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0L _S^Ov V .VsSft y ^V a\\\\ j (\\\\[/S%2-%\\nAV \u00e2\u0080\u0099oo^\\ns V V\\nK\\nx\u00c2\u00b0\\n9 S 0 \u00e2\u0080\u00a2o\\nn JL T r c-\\nK, V\\nCyy/7rr-v^ s\\nv9 V\\nr p\\n1\\n_ oi? ji^Sk\\nC- f .v, r\\nv V i\\nA o\\nV*\\nsi y^*\u00c2\u00bb i\\nfVv^ v v\\\\ pf\\nW ^y v*\\nsS A X _ s V y", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0310.jp2"}, "309": {"fulltext": "N v A\\nc o\\nW *VliBSr V 4\\nn/ia^S M C a? r\\\\ _ V\u00c2\u00a3 u f l\\n,-wv 4 4 c4y.* s- 00\\nv r *x v v. 3 v,, ...v* Vo\\nr z lllw*\\nW 0 ;v M V/ 1 -o\\nc 0 N c 4 1 8 V b. N\\nZ ,i w *o^,\u00c2\u00b0 s \u00c2\u00b0\u00c2\u00abv\\nc\u00c2\u00b0V\\\\.\\n,y C\\no 0 x\\nA -7^\\nv\\naO^ V^V\\nAW _ s at- -P.\\nI V I.- Vr- 4?\\n(t s s a* s\\n.A A O\\n5 4 A X 1\\nV\\nw\\n0c *,v- a 0c \u00e2\u0080\u0098I\\n\\\\f V /;V V V^\\n0 r 0 S s T, l r\\nA* Sjtf K*. t,\\ny _\\n0\\ni\\n.O\\na a s\\n/X i\\nA o J\\nV\\nv. o\\nP**.\\no\\n1\\nfl\\no o x\\nf 1 A\\nV\\ns\u00c2\u00bb c ov.\\nV e^\u00c2\u00bbv -\u00e2\u0080\u009e\u00c2\u00bbt .-*5^\\nio ^jre, t\u00e2\u0080\u0099v,, ^fj v\\n^r, -\\\\v fi\\nV\\nA\\n7 z\\n\u00c2\u00bbiif; c%\\nX -V\\ns A y 0 X ,G X\\nfll V 1 fi \u00e2\u0080\u0099^-J -v^ 0 N 0 A\\nS. -I VJ X. -V\\nc. s ^._.o.\\n,.s\\nwr/ J9\u00c2\u00ab. \\\\jv v^ S\\nV: _V- V rc u-wr\\nb. #0 X \\\\o^c\u00c2\u00ab^* V V i,i\\no$\\nA\\n1 8\\n}5\\no/V TTV V* 3\\nr 6 A A jgt mJ* V- x\\nN Of\u00c2\u00ae .rf\u00e2\u0080\u0099\\nV\\n:V */f 0\\ntf -pE\\nZ\\nA^ V m\u00e2\u0080\u0094\\noX 3\\n4 S \\\\\\\\X X v I 0 1- 4 0 x A jNc/a^** lf\\nf.. A ^/r79^ 0\u00c2\u00b0 t ArSS^v X o L,\\nZ T5V\\\\X-.Si\\n4 v P A\u00e2\u0080\u0098-\u00e2\u0080\u00a2\u00e2\u0080\u00a2 i\\n,xX V S V..^V\\nAA 5 C,", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0311.jp2"}, "310": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3683", "width": "2535", "jp2-path": "cheiroslanguageo00chei_1_0312.jp2"}}